clang 23.0.0git
Compiler.cpp
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===--- Compiler.cpp - Code generator for expressions ---*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8
9#include "Compiler.h"
10#include "ByteCodeEmitter.h"
11#include "Context.h"
12#include "FixedPoint.h"
13#include "Floating.h"
14#include "Function.h"
15#include "InterpShared.h"
16#include "PrimType.h"
17#include "Program.h"
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
20
21using namespace clang;
22using namespace clang::interp;
23
24using APSInt = llvm::APSInt;
25
26namespace clang {
27namespace interp {
28
29static std::optional<bool> getBoolValue(const Expr *E) {
30 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast_if_present<ConstantExpr>(E);
31 CE && CE->hasAPValueResult() &&
32 CE->getResultAPValueKind() == APValue::ValueKind::Int) {
33 return CE->getResultAsAPSInt().getBoolValue();
34 }
35
36 return std::nullopt;
37}
38
39/// Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
40template <class Emitter> class DeclScope final : public LocalScope<Emitter> {
41public:
43 : LocalScope<Emitter>(Ctx), Scope(Ctx->P),
44 OldInitializingDecl(Ctx->InitializingDecl) {
45 Ctx->InitializingDecl = VD;
46 Ctx->InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Decl(VD));
47 }
48
50 this->Ctx->InitializingDecl = OldInitializingDecl;
51 this->Ctx->InitStack.pop_back();
52 }
53
54private:
56 const ValueDecl *OldInitializingDecl;
57};
58
59/// Scope used to handle initialization methods.
60template <class Emitter> class OptionScope final {
61public:
62 /// Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
63 OptionScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult,
64 bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
65 : Ctx(Ctx), OldDiscardResult(Ctx->DiscardResult),
66 OldInitializing(Ctx->Initializing), OldToLValue(Ctx->ToLValue) {
67 Ctx->DiscardResult = NewDiscardResult;
68 Ctx->Initializing = NewInitializing;
69 Ctx->ToLValue = NewToLValue;
70 }
71
73 Ctx->DiscardResult = OldDiscardResult;
74 Ctx->Initializing = OldInitializing;
75 Ctx->ToLValue = OldToLValue;
76 }
77
78private:
79 /// Parent context.
81 /// Old discard flag to restore.
82 bool OldDiscardResult;
83 bool OldInitializing;
84 bool OldToLValue;
85};
86
87template <class Emitter>
88bool InitLink::emit(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Expr *E) const {
89 switch (Kind) {
90 case K_This:
91 return Ctx->emitThis(E);
92 case K_Field:
93 // We're assuming there's a base pointer on the stack already.
94 return Ctx->emitGetPtrFieldPop(Offset, E);
95 case K_Temp:
96 return Ctx->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
97 case K_Decl:
98 return Ctx->visitDeclRef(D, E);
99 case K_Elem:
100 if (!Ctx->emitConstUint32(Offset, E))
101 return false;
102 return Ctx->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E);
103 case K_RVO:
104 return Ctx->emitRVOPtr(E);
105 case K_InitList:
106 return true;
107 default:
108 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled InitLink kind");
109 }
110 return true;
111}
112
113/// Sets the context for break/continue statements.
114template <class Emitter> class LoopScope final {
115public:
119
120 LoopScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel,
121 LabelTy ContinueLabel)
122 : Ctx(Ctx) {
123#ifndef NDEBUG
124 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
125 assert(LI.Name != Name);
126#endif
127
128 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel, ContinueLabel,
129 /*DefaultLabel=*/std::nullopt,
130 Ctx->VarScope);
131 }
132
133 ~LoopScope() { this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back(); }
134
135private:
137};
138
139// Sets the context for a switch scope, mapping labels.
140template <class Emitter> class SwitchScope final {
141public:
146
147 SwitchScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels,
148 LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
149 : Ctx(Ctx), OldCaseLabels(std::move(this->Ctx->CaseLabels)) {
150#ifndef NDEBUG
151 for (const LabelInfo &LI : Ctx->LabelInfoStack)
152 assert(LI.Name != Name);
153#endif
154
155 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(CaseLabels);
156 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.emplace_back(Name, BreakLabel,
157 /*ContinueLabel=*/std::nullopt,
158 DefaultLabel, Ctx->VarScope);
159 }
160
162 this->Ctx->CaseLabels = std::move(OldCaseLabels);
163 this->Ctx->LabelInfoStack.pop_back();
164 }
165
166private:
168 CaseMap OldCaseLabels;
169};
170
171template <class Emitter> class StmtExprScope final {
172public:
173 StmtExprScope(Compiler<Emitter> *Ctx) : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->InStmtExpr) {
174 Ctx->InStmtExpr = true;
175 }
176
177 ~StmtExprScope() { Ctx->InStmtExpr = OldFlag; }
178
179private:
181 bool OldFlag;
182};
183
184/// When generating code for e.g. implicit field initializers in constructors,
185/// we don't have anything to point to in case the initializer causes an error.
186/// In that case, we need to disable location tracking for the initializer so
187/// we later point to the call range instead.
188template <class Emitter> class LocOverrideScope final {
189public:
191 bool Enabled = true)
192 : Ctx(Ctx), OldFlag(Ctx->LocOverride), Enabled(Enabled) {
193
194 if (Enabled)
195 Ctx->LocOverride = NewValue;
196 }
197
199 if (Enabled)
200 Ctx->LocOverride = OldFlag;
201 }
202
203private:
205 std::optional<SourceInfo> OldFlag;
206 bool Enabled;
207};
208
209} // namespace interp
210} // namespace clang
211
212template <class Emitter>
214 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
215
216 if (DiscardResult)
217 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
218
219 switch (E->getCastKind()) {
220 case CK_LValueToRValue: {
221 if (ToLValue && E->getType()->isPointerType())
222 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
223
224 if (SubExpr->getType().isVolatileQualified())
225 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Volatile, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
226
227 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
228 // Try to load the value directly. This is purely a performance
229 // optimization.
230 if (SubExprT) {
231 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) {
232 const ValueDecl *D = DRE->getDecl();
233 bool IsReference = D->getType()->isReferenceType();
234
235 if (!IsReference) {
237 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D))
238 return this->emitGetGlobal(*SubExprT, *GlobalIndex, E);
239 } else if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
240 return this->emitGetLocal(*SubExprT, It->second.Offset, E);
241 } else if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
242 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
243 return this->emitGetParam(*SubExprT, It->second.Index, E);
244 }
245 }
246 }
247 }
248 }
249
250 // Prepare storage for the result.
251 if (!Initializing && !SubExprT) {
252 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
253 if (!LocalIndex)
254 return false;
255 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
256 return false;
257 }
258
259 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
260 return false;
261
262 if (SubExprT)
263 return this->emitLoadPop(*SubExprT, E);
264
265 // If the subexpr type is not primitive, we need to perform a copy here.
266 // This happens for example in C when dereferencing a pointer of struct
267 // type.
268 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
269 }
270
271 case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer: {
272 if (E->containsErrors())
273 return false;
274 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
275 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
276
277 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
278 return false;
279
280 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
282 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
283 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
284 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = B->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
285 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(ToDecl, CurDecl);
286
287 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrBasePop(DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
288 return false;
289 CurDecl = ToDecl;
290 }
291
292 return true;
293 }
294
295 case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
296 if (E->containsErrors())
297 return false;
298 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr);
299 assert(classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_MemberPtr);
300
301 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
302 return false;
303
304 const CXXRecordDecl *CurDecl = SubExpr->getType()
306 ->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
307 // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
308 // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
309 // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
310 typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
311 for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
312 PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
313 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
314 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
315
316 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
317 return false;
318 CurDecl = ToDecl;
319 }
320
321 const CXXRecordDecl *ToDecl =
322 E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
323 assert(ToDecl != CurDecl);
324 unsigned DerivedOffset = Ctx.collectBaseOffset(CurDecl, ToDecl);
325
326 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrDerivedPop(-DerivedOffset, ToDecl, E))
327 return false;
328
329 return true;
330 }
331
332 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
333 case CK_DerivedToBase: {
334 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
335 return false;
336
337 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
338 if (const auto *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
339 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
340 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
341 };
342
343 // FIXME: We can express a series of non-virtual casts as a single
344 // GetPtrBasePop op.
345 QualType CurType = SubExpr->getType();
346 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *B : E->path()) {
347 if (B->isVirtual()) {
348 if (!this->emitGetPtrVirtBasePop(extractRecordDecl(B->getType()), E))
349 return false;
350 CurType = B->getType();
351 } else {
352 unsigned DerivedOffset = collectBaseOffset(B->getType(), CurType);
353 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(
354 DerivedOffset, /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(), E))
355 return false;
356 CurType = B->getType();
357 }
358 }
359
360 return true;
361 }
362
363 case CK_BaseToDerived: {
364 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
365 return false;
366 unsigned DerivedOffset =
367 collectBaseOffset(SubExpr->getType(), E->getType());
368
369 const Type *TargetType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
370 if (TargetType->isPointerOrReferenceType())
371 TargetType = TargetType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
372 return this->emitGetPtrDerivedPop(DerivedOffset,
373 /*NullOK=*/E->getType()->isPointerType(),
374 TargetType, E);
375 }
376
377 case CK_FloatingCast: {
378 // HLSL uses CK_FloatingCast to cast between vectors.
379 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
380 !E->getType()->isFloatingType())
381 return false;
382 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
383 return false;
384 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
385 return this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E);
386 }
387
388 case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
389 if (!E->getType()->isRealFloatingType())
390 return false;
391 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
392 return false;
393 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
394 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(SubExpr),
395 TargetSemantics, getFPOptions(E), E);
396 }
397
398 case CK_FloatingToBoolean: {
399 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType() ||
400 !E->getType()->isBooleanType())
401 return false;
402 if (const auto *FL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr))
403 return this->emitConstBool(FL->getValue().isNonZero(), E);
404 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
405 return false;
406 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
407 }
408
409 case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
411 return false;
412 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
413 return false;
414 PrimType ToT = classifyPrim(E);
415 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
416 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
417 getFPOptions(E), E);
418 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
419 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()),
420 getFPOptions(E), E);
421
422 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
423 }
424
425 case CK_NullToPointer:
426 case CK_NullToMemberPointer: {
427 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
428 return false;
429 const Descriptor *Desc = nullptr;
430 const QualType PointeeType = E->getType()->getPointeeType();
431 if (!PointeeType.isNull()) {
432 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PointeeType))
433 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
434 else
435 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, PointeeType.getTypePtr(),
436 std::nullopt, /*IsConst=*/true);
437 }
438
439 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
440 return this->emitNull(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Val, Desc, E);
441 }
442
443 case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
444 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
445 return false;
446
447 // If SubExpr doesn't result in a pointer, make it one.
448 if (PrimType FromT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()); FromT != PT_Ptr) {
449 assert(isPtrType(FromT));
450 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(FromT, PT_Ptr, E))
451 return false;
452 }
453
454 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
455 if (T == PT_IntAP)
456 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
457 if (T == PT_IntAPS)
458 return this->emitCastPointerIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E);
459 return this->emitCastPointerIntegral(T, E);
460 }
461
462 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
463 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
464 return false;
465 return this->emitArrayDecay(E);
466 }
467
468 case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
469 QualType IntType = SubExpr->getType();
470 assert(IntType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
471 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
472 return false;
473 // FIXME: I think the discard is wrong since the int->ptr cast might cause a
474 // diagnostic.
475 PrimType T = classifyPrim(IntType);
476 QualType PtrType = E->getType();
477 const Descriptor *Desc;
478 if (OptPrimType T = classify(PtrType->getPointeeType()))
479 Desc = P.createDescriptor(SubExpr, *T);
480 else if (PtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
481 Desc = nullptr;
482 else
483 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, PtrType->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
484 Descriptor::InlineDescMD, /*IsConst=*/true);
485
486 if (!this->emitGetIntPtr(T, Desc, E))
487 return false;
488
489 PrimType DestPtrT = classifyPrim(PtrType);
490 if (DestPtrT == PT_Ptr)
491 return true;
492
493 // In case we're converting the integer to a non-Pointer.
494 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, DestPtrT, E);
495 }
496
497 case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
498 case CK_ConstructorConversion:
499 case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
500 case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
501 case CK_NoOp:
502 case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
503 case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
504 case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
505 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
506
507 case CK_BitCast: {
508 if (E->containsErrors())
509 return false;
510 QualType ETy = E->getType();
511 // Reject bitcasts to atomic types.
512 if (ETy->isAtomicType()) {
513 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
514 return false;
515 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
516 }
517 QualType SubExprTy = SubExpr->getType();
518 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExprTy);
519 // Casts from integer/vector to vector.
520 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
521 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
522
523 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
524 if (!FromT || !ToT)
525 return false;
526
527 assert(isPtrType(*FromT));
528 assert(isPtrType(*ToT));
529 bool SrcIsVoidPtr = SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType();
530 if (FromT == ToT) {
531 if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
532 !SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
533 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
534 }
535
536 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
537 return false;
538 if (!this->emitCheckBitCast(ETy->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(),
539 SrcIsVoidPtr, E))
540 return false;
541
542 if (E->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() ||
543 SubExprTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
544 return this->emitFnPtrCast(E);
545 }
546 if (FromT == PT_Ptr)
547 return this->emitPtrPtrCast(SubExprTy->isVoidPointerType(), E);
548 return true;
549 }
550
551 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
552 return false;
553 return this->emitDecayPtr(*FromT, *ToT, E);
554 }
555 case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
556 case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
557 // HLSL uses this to cast to one-element vectors.
558 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
559 if (!FromT)
560 return false;
561
562 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr))
563 return this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), E);
564 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
565 return false;
566 return this->emitCast(*FromT, classifyPrim(E), E);
567 }
568
569 case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
570 case CK_IntegralCast: {
571 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
572 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E->getType());
573 if (!FromT || !ToT)
574 return false;
575
576 // Try to emit a casted known constant value directly.
577 if (const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(SubExpr)) {
578 if (ToT != PT_IntAP && ToT != PT_IntAPS && FromT != PT_IntAP &&
579 FromT != PT_IntAPS && !E->getType()->isEnumeralType())
580 return this->emitConst(APSInt(IL->getValue(), !isSignedType(*FromT)),
581 E);
582 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), SubExpr))
583 return false;
584 } else {
585 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
586 return false;
587 }
588
589 // Possibly diagnose casts to enum types if the target type does not
590 // have a fixed size.
591 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isEnumeralType()) {
592 const auto *ED = E->getType()->castAsEnumDecl();
593 if (!ED->isFixed()) {
594 if (!this->emitCheckEnumValue(*FromT, ED, E))
595 return false;
596 }
597 }
598
599 if (ToT == PT_IntAP) {
600 if (!this->emitCastAP(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
601 return false;
602 } else if (ToT == PT_IntAPS) {
603 if (!this->emitCastAPS(*FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(E->getType()), E))
604 return false;
605 } else {
606 if (FromT == ToT)
607 return true;
608 if (!this->emitCast(*FromT, *ToT, E))
609 return false;
610 }
611 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
612 return this->emitNeg(*ToT, E);
613 return true;
614 }
615
616 case CK_PointerToBoolean:
617 case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean: {
618 PrimType PtrT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
619
620 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
621 return false;
622 return this->emitIsNonNull(PtrT, E);
623 }
624
625 case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
626 case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean: {
627 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
628 return false;
629 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr);
630 }
631
632 case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
633 case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
634 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
635
636 case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
637 case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
638 // We're creating a complex value here, so we need to
639 // allocate storage for it.
640 if (!Initializing) {
641 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
642 if (!LocalIndex)
643 return false;
644 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
645 return false;
646 }
647
648 PrimType T = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
649 // Init the complex value to {SubExpr, 0}.
650 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(0, SubExpr, T))
651 return false;
652 // Zero-init the second element.
653 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
654 return false;
655 return this->emitInitElem(T, 1, SubExpr);
656 }
657
658 case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
659 case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
660 case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
661 case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
662 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
663 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
664 if (!Initializing) {
665 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
666 if (!LocalIndex)
667 return false;
668 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
669 return false;
670 }
671
672 // Location for the SubExpr.
673 // Since SubExpr is of complex type, visiting it results in a pointer
674 // anyway, so we just create a temporary pointer variable.
675 unsigned SubExprOffset =
676 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
677 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
678 return false;
679 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
680 return false;
681
682 PrimType SourceElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
683 QualType DestElemType =
684 E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
685 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(DestElemType);
686 // Cast both elements individually.
687 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
688 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
689 return false;
690 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SourceElemT, I, E))
691 return false;
692
693 // Do the cast.
694 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SourceElemT, DestElemT, DestElemType, E))
695 return false;
696
697 // Save the value.
698 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
699 return false;
700 }
701 return true;
702 }
703
704 case CK_VectorSplat: {
705 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
706 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
707
708 if (!canClassify(SubExpr->getType()))
709 return false;
710
711 if (!Initializing) {
712 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
713 if (!LocalIndex)
714 return false;
715 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
716 return false;
717 }
718
719 const auto *VT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
720 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
721 unsigned ElemOffset =
722 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, ElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
723
724 // Prepare a local variable for the scalar value.
725 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
726 return false;
727 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr && !this->emitLoadPop(ElemT, E))
728 return false;
729
730 if (!this->emitSetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
731 return false;
732
733 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
734 if (!this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, ElemOffset, E))
735 return false;
736 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
737 return false;
738 }
739
740 return true;
741 }
742
743 case CK_HLSLVectorTruncation: {
744 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
745 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
746 assert(!DiscardResult);
747 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
748 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
749 return false;
750 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
751 }
752 // Otherwise, this truncates from one vector type to another.
753 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
754
755 if (!Initializing) {
756 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
757 if (!LocalIndex)
758 return false;
759 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
760 return false;
761 }
762 unsigned ToSize = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
763 assert(SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() > ToSize);
764 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
765 return false;
766 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyVectorElementType(E->getType()), 0, 0,
767 ToSize, E);
768 };
769
770 case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
771 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
772 return false;
773
774 auto Sem =
775 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
776 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType()), Sem,
777 E))
778 return false;
779 if (DiscardResult)
780 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
781 return true;
782 }
783 case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
784 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
785 return false;
786
787 auto Sem =
788 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
789 if (!this->emitCastFloatingFixedPoint(Sem, E))
790 return false;
791 if (DiscardResult)
792 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
793 return true;
794 }
795 case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
796 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
797 return false;
798 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
799 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointFloating(TargetSemantics, E))
800 return false;
801 if (DiscardResult)
802 return this->emitPopFloat(E);
803 return true;
804 }
805 case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
806 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
807 return false;
808 PrimType IntegralT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
809 if (!this->emitCastFixedPointIntegral(IntegralT, E))
810 return false;
811 if (DiscardResult)
812 return this->emitPop(IntegralT, E);
813 return true;
814 }
815 case CK_FixedPointCast: {
816 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
817 return false;
818 auto Sem =
819 Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
820 if (!this->emitCastFixedPoint(Sem, E))
821 return false;
822 if (DiscardResult)
823 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
824 return true;
825 }
826
827 case CK_ToVoid:
828 return discard(SubExpr);
829
830 case CK_Dynamic:
831 // This initially goes through VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr, where we emit
832 // a diagnostic if appropriate.
833 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
834
835 case CK_LValueBitCast:
836 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::ReinterpretLike, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
837
838 case CK_HLSLArrayRValue: {
839 // Non-decaying array rvalue cast - creates an rvalue copy of an lvalue
840 // array, similar to LValueToRValue for composite types.
841 if (!Initializing) {
842 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
843 if (!LocalIndex)
844 return false;
845 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
846 return false;
847 }
848 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
849 return false;
850 return this->emitMemcpy(E);
851 }
852
853 case CK_HLSLMatrixTruncation: {
854 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
855 if (OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E)) {
856 assert(!DiscardResult);
857 // Result must be either a float or integer. Take the first element.
858 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
859 return false;
860 return this->emitArrayElemPop(*ResultT, 0, E);
861 }
862 // Otherwise, this truncates to a a constant matrix type.
863 assert(E->getType()->isConstantMatrixType());
864
865 if (!Initializing) {
866 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
867 if (!LocalIndex)
868 return false;
869 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
870 return false;
871 }
872 unsigned ToSize =
873 E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()->getNumElementsFlattened();
874 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
875 return false;
876 return this->emitCopyArray(classifyMatrixElementType(SubExpr->getType()), 0,
877 0, ToSize, E);
878 }
879
880 case CK_HLSLAggregateSplatCast: {
881 // Aggregate splat cast: convert a scalar value to one of an aggregate type
882 // by replicating and casting the scalar to every element of the destination
883 // aggregate (vector, matrix, array, or struct).
884 assert(canClassify(SubExpr->getType()));
885
886 if (!Initializing) {
887 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
888 if (!LocalIndex)
889 return false;
890 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
891 return false;
892 }
893
894 // The scalar to be splatted is stored in a local to be repeatedly loaded
895 // once for every scalar element of the destination.
896 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
897 unsigned SrcOffset =
898 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, SrcElemT, /*IsConst=*/true);
899
900 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
901 return false;
902 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E))
903 return false;
904
905 // Recursively splat the scalar into every element of the destination.
906 return emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcElemT, SrcOffset, E->getType(), E);
907 }
908
909 case CK_HLSLElementwiseCast: {
910 // Elementwise cast: flatten the elements of one aggregate source type and
911 // store to a destination scalar or aggregate type of the same or fewer
912 // number of elements. Casts are inserted element-wise to convert each
913 // source scalar element to its corresponding destination scalar element.
914 QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
915 QualType DestType = E->getType();
916
917 if (OptPrimType DestT = classify(DestType)) {
918 // When the destination is a scalar, we only need the first scalar
919 // element of the source.
920 unsigned SrcPtrOffset =
921 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
922 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
923 return false;
924 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcPtrOffset, E))
925 return false;
926
928 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcPtrOffset, Elements, 1, E))
929 return false;
930 if (Elements.empty())
931 return false;
932
933 const HLSLFlatElement &Src = Elements[0];
934 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
935 return false;
936 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, *DestT, DestType, E);
937 }
938
939 if (!Initializing) {
940 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
941 if (!LocalIndex)
942 return false;
943 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
944 return false;
945 }
946
947 unsigned SrcOffset =
948 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
949 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
950 return false;
951 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
952 return false;
953
954 // Only flatten as many source elements as the destination requires.
955 unsigned ElemCount = countHLSLFlatElements(DestType);
956
958 Elements.reserve(ElemCount);
959 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(SrcType, SrcOffset, Elements, ElemCount, E))
960 return false;
961
962 // Sema is expected to reject an elementwise cast whose source has fewer
963 // scalar elements than the destination.
964 assert(Elements.size() == ElemCount &&
965 "Source type has fewer scalar elements than the destination type");
966
967 return emitHLSLConstructAggregate(DestType, Elements, E);
968 }
969
970 case CK_ToUnion: {
971 const FieldDecl *UnionField = E->getTargetUnionField();
972 const Record *R = this->getRecord(E->getType());
973 assert(R);
974 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
975 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
976
977 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
978 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
979 return false;
980 if (RF->isBitField())
981 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
982 E);
983 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
984 }
985
986 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
987 return false;
988 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
989 return false;
990 return this->visitInitializerPop(SubExpr);
991 }
992
993 default:
994 return this->emitInvalid(E);
995 }
996 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::CastKind enum");
997}
998
999template <class Emitter>
1001 return this->emitBuiltinBitCast(E);
1002}
1003
1004template <class Emitter>
1006 if (DiscardResult)
1007 return true;
1008
1009 return this->emitConst(LE->getValue(), LE);
1010}
1011
1012template <class Emitter>
1014 if (DiscardResult)
1015 return true;
1016
1017 APFloat F = E->getValue();
1018 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
1019}
1020
1021template <class Emitter>
1023 assert(E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
1024 if (DiscardResult)
1025 return true;
1026
1027 if (!Initializing) {
1028 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1029 if (!LocalIndex)
1030 return false;
1031 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1032 return false;
1033 }
1034
1035 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1036 PrimType SubExprT = classifyPrim(SubExpr->getType());
1037
1038 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(SubExprT, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr))
1039 return false;
1040 if (!this->emitInitElem(SubExprT, 0, SubExpr))
1041 return false;
1042 return this->visitArrayElemInit(1, SubExpr, SubExprT);
1043}
1044
1045template <class Emitter>
1047 assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1048 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_FixedPoint);
1049
1050 if (DiscardResult)
1051 return true;
1052
1053 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
1054 APInt Value = E->getValue();
1055 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint(Value, Sem), E);
1056}
1057
1058template <class Emitter>
1060 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
1061}
1062
1063template <class Emitter>
1065 // Need short-circuiting for these.
1066 if (E->isLogicalOp() && !E->getType()->isVectorType())
1067 return this->VisitLogicalBinOp(E);
1068
1069 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1070 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1071
1072 // Handle comma operators. Just discard the LHS
1073 // and delegate to RHS.
1074 if (E->isCommaOp()) {
1075 if (!this->discard(LHS))
1076 return false;
1077 if (RHS->getType()->isVoidType())
1078 return this->discard(RHS);
1079
1080 return this->delegate(RHS);
1081 }
1082
1083 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
1084 return this->VisitComplexBinOp(E);
1085 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
1086 return this->VisitVectorBinOp(E);
1087 if ((LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType() ||
1088 RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) &&
1089 E->isComparisonOp())
1090 return this->emitComplexComparison(LHS, RHS, E);
1091 if (LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() || RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType())
1092 return this->VisitFixedPointBinOp(E);
1093
1094 if (E->isPtrMemOp()) {
1095 if (E->containsErrors())
1096 return false;
1097
1098 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1099 return false;
1100
1101 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1102 return false;
1103
1104 if (!this->emitToMemberPtr(E))
1105 return false;
1106
1107 if (classifyPrim(E) == PT_MemberPtr)
1108 return true;
1109
1110 if (!this->emitCastMemberPtrPtr(E))
1111 return false;
1112 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
1113 }
1114
1115 // Typecheck the args.
1116 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1117 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1118 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1119
1120 // Special case for C++'s three-way/spaceship operator <=>, which
1121 // returns a std::{strong,weak,partial}_ordering (which is a class, so doesn't
1122 // have a PrimType).
1123 if (!T && E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp) {
1124 if (DiscardResult)
1125 return true;
1126 const ComparisonCategoryInfo *CmpInfo =
1127 Ctx.getASTContext().CompCategories.lookupInfoForType(E->getType());
1128 assert(CmpInfo);
1129
1130 // We need a temporary variable holding our return value.
1131 if (!Initializing) {
1132 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = this->allocateLocal(E);
1133 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
1134 return false;
1135 }
1136
1137 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1138 return false;
1139
1140 return this->emitCMP3(*LT, CmpInfo, E);
1141 }
1142
1143 if (!LT || !RT || !T)
1144 return false;
1145
1146 // Pointer arithmetic special case.
1147 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add || E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
1148 if (isPtrType(*T) || (isPtrType(*LT) && isPtrType(*RT)))
1149 return this->VisitPointerArithBinOp(E);
1150 }
1151
1152 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
1153 return this->visitAssignment(LHS, RHS, E);
1154
1155 if (!visit(LHS) || !visit(RHS))
1156 return false;
1157
1158 // For languages such as C, cast the result of one
1159 // of our comparision opcodes to T (which is usually int).
1160 auto MaybeCastToBool = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1161 if (!Result)
1162 return false;
1163 if (DiscardResult)
1164 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1165 if (T != PT_Bool)
1166 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1167 return true;
1168 };
1169
1170 auto Discard = [this, T, E](bool Result) {
1171 if (!Result)
1172 return false;
1173 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
1174 };
1175
1176 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1177 case BO_EQ:
1178 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQ(*LT, E));
1179 case BO_NE:
1180 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNE(*LT, E));
1181 case BO_LT:
1182 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLT(*LT, E));
1183 case BO_LE:
1184 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLE(*LT, E));
1185 case BO_GT:
1186 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGT(*LT, E));
1187 case BO_GE:
1188 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGE(*LT, E));
1189 case BO_Sub:
1190 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1191 return Discard(this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1192 return Discard(this->emitSub(*T, E));
1193 case BO_Add:
1194 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1195 return Discard(this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1196 return Discard(this->emitAdd(*T, E));
1197 case BO_Mul:
1198 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1199 return Discard(this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1200 return Discard(this->emitMul(*T, E));
1201 case BO_Rem:
1202 return Discard(this->emitRem(*T, E));
1203 case BO_Div:
1204 if (E->getType()->isFloatingType())
1205 return Discard(this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E));
1206 return Discard(this->emitDiv(*T, E));
1207 case BO_And:
1208 return Discard(this->emitBitAnd(*T, E));
1209 case BO_Or:
1210 return Discard(this->emitBitOr(*T, E));
1211 case BO_Shl:
1212 return Discard(this->emitShl(*LT, *RT, E));
1213 case BO_Shr:
1214 return Discard(this->emitShr(*LT, *RT, E));
1215 case BO_Xor:
1216 return Discard(this->emitBitXor(*T, E));
1217 case BO_LOr:
1218 case BO_LAnd:
1219 llvm_unreachable("Already handled earlier");
1220 default:
1221 return false;
1222 }
1223
1224 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binary op");
1225}
1226
1227/// Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or
1228/// subtraction of two pointers.
1229template <class Emitter>
1231 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1232 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1233 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1234
1235 if ((Op != BO_Add && Op != BO_Sub) ||
1236 (!LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && !RHS->getType()->isPointerType()))
1237 return false;
1238
1239 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS);
1240 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS);
1241
1242 if (!LT || !RT)
1243 return false;
1244
1245 // Visit the given pointer expression and optionally convert to a PT_Ptr.
1246 auto visitAsPointer = [&](const Expr *E, PrimType T) -> bool {
1247 if (!this->visit(E))
1248 return false;
1249 if (T != PT_Ptr)
1250 return this->emitDecayPtr(T, PT_Ptr, E);
1251 return true;
1252 };
1253
1254 if (LHS->getType()->isPointerType() && RHS->getType()->isPointerType()) {
1255 if (Op != BO_Sub)
1256 return false;
1257
1258 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
1259 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT) || !visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1260 return false;
1261
1262 QualType ElemType = LHS->getType()->getPointeeType();
1263 CharUnits ElemTypeSize;
1264 if (ElemType->isVoidType() || ElemType->isFunctionType())
1265 ElemTypeSize = CharUnits::One();
1266 else
1267 ElemTypeSize = Ctx.getASTContext().getTypeSizeInChars(ElemType);
1268
1269 PrimType IntT = classifyPrim(E->getType());
1270 if (!this->emitSubPtr(IntT, ElemTypeSize.isZero(), E))
1271 return false;
1272 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(IntT, E) : true;
1273 }
1274
1275 PrimType OffsetType;
1276 if (LHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1277 if (!visitAsPointer(RHS, *RT))
1278 return false;
1279 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1280 return false;
1281 OffsetType = *LT;
1282 } else if (RHS->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
1283 if (!visitAsPointer(LHS, *LT))
1284 return false;
1285 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1286 return false;
1287 OffsetType = *RT;
1288 } else {
1289 return false;
1290 }
1291
1292 // Do the operation and optionally transform to
1293 // result pointer type.
1294 switch (Op) {
1295 case BO_Add:
1296 if (!this->emitAddOffset(OffsetType, E))
1297 return false;
1298 break;
1299 case BO_Sub:
1300 if (!this->emitSubOffset(OffsetType, E))
1301 return false;
1302 break;
1303 default:
1304 return false;
1305 }
1306
1307 if (classifyPrim(E) != PT_Ptr) {
1308 if (!this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, classifyPrim(E), E))
1309 return false;
1310 }
1311
1312 if (DiscardResult)
1313 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
1314 return true;
1315}
1316
1317template <class Emitter>
1319 assert(E->isLogicalOp());
1320 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1321 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1322 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1323 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
1324
1325 if (Op == BO_LOr) {
1326 // Logical OR. Visit LHS and only evaluate RHS if LHS was FALSE.
1327 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
1328 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1329
1330 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1331 return false;
1332 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
1333 return false;
1334
1335 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1336 return false;
1337 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1338 return false;
1339
1340 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
1341 this->emitConstBool(true, E);
1342 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1343 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1344
1345 } else {
1346 assert(Op == BO_LAnd);
1347 // Logical AND.
1348 // Visit LHS. Only visit RHS if LHS was TRUE.
1349 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel();
1350 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
1351
1352 if (!this->visitBool(LHS))
1353 return false;
1354 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
1355 return false;
1356
1357 if (!this->visitBool(RHS))
1358 return false;
1359 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
1360 return false;
1361
1362 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
1363 this->emitConstBool(false, E);
1364 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
1365 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
1366 }
1367
1368 if (DiscardResult)
1369 return this->emitPopBool(E);
1370
1371 // For C, cast back to integer type.
1372 assert(T);
1373 if (T != PT_Bool)
1374 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, *T, E);
1375 return true;
1376}
1377
1378template <class Emitter>
1380 // Prepare storage for result.
1381 if (!Initializing) {
1382 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1383 if (!LocalIndex)
1384 return false;
1385 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1386 return false;
1387 }
1388
1389 // Both LHS and RHS might _not_ be of complex type, but one of them
1390 // needs to be.
1391 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1392 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1393
1394 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
1395 unsigned ResultOffset = ~0u;
1396 if (!DiscardResult)
1397 ResultOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1398
1399 // Save result pointer in ResultOffset
1400 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1401 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
1402 return false;
1403 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1404 return false;
1405 }
1406 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
1407 if (const auto *AT = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1408 LHSType = AT->getValueType();
1409 QualType RHSType = RHS->getType();
1410 if (const auto *AT = RHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1411 RHSType = AT->getValueType();
1412
1413 bool LHSIsComplex = LHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1414 unsigned LHSOffset;
1415 bool RHSIsComplex = RHSType->isAnyComplexType();
1416
1417 // For ComplexComplex Mul, we have special ops to make their implementation
1418 // easier.
1419 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
1420 if (Op == BO_Mul && LHSIsComplex && RHSIsComplex) {
1421 assert(classifyPrim(LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()) ==
1423 PrimType ElemT =
1425 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1426 return false;
1427 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1428 return false;
1429 if (!this->emitMulc(ElemT, E))
1430 return false;
1431 if (DiscardResult)
1432 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1433 return true;
1434 }
1435
1436 if (Op == BO_Div && RHSIsComplex) {
1437 QualType ElemQT = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
1438 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1439 // If the LHS is not complex, we still need to do the full complex
1440 // division, so just stub create a complex value and stub it out with
1441 // the LHS and a zero.
1442
1443 if (!LHSIsComplex) {
1444 // This is using the RHS type for the fake-complex LHS.
1445 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(RHS);
1446 if (!LocalIndex)
1447 return false;
1448 LHSOffset = *LocalIndex;
1449
1450 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LHSOffset, E))
1451 return false;
1452
1453 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1454 return false;
1455 // real is LHS
1456 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 0, E))
1457 return false;
1458 // imag is zero
1459 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1460 return false;
1461 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
1462 return false;
1463 } else {
1464 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1465 return false;
1466 }
1467
1468 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1469 return false;
1470 if (!this->emitDivc(ElemT, E))
1471 return false;
1472 if (DiscardResult)
1473 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1474 return true;
1475 }
1476
1477 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1478 if (LHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1479 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1480 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1481 return false;
1482 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1483 return false;
1484 } else {
1485 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
1486 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1487 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1488 return false;
1489 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
1490 return false;
1491 }
1492
1493 // Same with RHS.
1494 unsigned RHSOffset;
1495 if (RHSType->isAnyComplexType()) {
1496 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1497 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1498 return false;
1499 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1500 return false;
1501 } else {
1502 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHSType);
1503 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
1504 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1505 return false;
1506 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
1507 return false;
1508 }
1509
1510 // For both LHS and RHS, either load the value from the complex pointer, or
1511 // directly from the local variable. For index 1 (i.e. the imaginary part),
1512 // just load 0 and do the operation anyway.
1513 auto loadComplexValue = [this](bool IsComplex, bool LoadZero,
1514 unsigned ElemIndex, unsigned Offset,
1515 const Expr *E) -> bool {
1516 if (IsComplex) {
1517 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1518 return false;
1519 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(E->getType()),
1520 ElemIndex, E);
1521 }
1522 if (ElemIndex == 0 || !LoadZero)
1523 return this->emitGetLocal(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Offset, E);
1524 return this->visitZeroInitializer(classifyPrim(E->getType()), E->getType(),
1525 E);
1526 };
1527
1528 // Now we can get pointers to the LHS and RHS from the offsets above.
1529 for (unsigned ElemIndex = 0; ElemIndex != 2; ++ElemIndex) {
1530 // Result pointer for the store later.
1531 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1532 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, ResultOffset, E))
1533 return false;
1534 }
1535
1536 // The actual operation.
1537 switch (Op) {
1538 case BO_Add:
1539 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1540 return false;
1541
1542 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1543 return false;
1544 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1545 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1546 return false;
1547 } else {
1548 if (!this->emitAdd(ResultElemT, E))
1549 return false;
1550 }
1551 break;
1552 case BO_Sub:
1553 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1554 return false;
1555
1556 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, true, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1557 return false;
1558 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1559 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1560 return false;
1561 } else {
1562 if (!this->emitSub(ResultElemT, E))
1563 return false;
1564 }
1565 break;
1566 case BO_Mul:
1567 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1568 return false;
1569
1570 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1571 return false;
1572
1573 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1574 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1575 return false;
1576 } else {
1577 if (!this->emitMul(ResultElemT, E))
1578 return false;
1579 }
1580 break;
1581 case BO_Div:
1582 assert(!RHSIsComplex);
1583 if (!loadComplexValue(LHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, LHSOffset, LHS))
1584 return false;
1585
1586 if (!loadComplexValue(RHSIsComplex, false, ElemIndex, RHSOffset, RHS))
1587 return false;
1588
1589 if (ResultElemT == PT_Float) {
1590 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
1591 return false;
1592 } else {
1593 if (!this->emitDiv(ResultElemT, E))
1594 return false;
1595 }
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 return false;
1600 }
1601
1602 if (!this->DiscardResult) {
1603 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1604 if (!this->emitInitElemPop(ResultElemT, ElemIndex, E))
1605 return false;
1606 } else {
1607 if (!this->emitPop(ResultElemT, E))
1608 return false;
1609 // Remove the Complex temporary pointer we created ourselves at the
1610 // beginning of this function.
1611 if (!Initializing)
1612 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1613 }
1614 }
1615 return true;
1616}
1617
1618template <class Emitter>
1620 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1621 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1622 assert(!E->isCommaOp() &&
1623 "Comma op should be handled in VisitBinaryOperator");
1624 assert(E->getType()->isVectorType());
1625 assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1626 assert(RHS->getType()->isVectorType());
1627
1628 // We can only handle vectors with primitive element types.
1630 return false;
1631
1632 // Prepare storage for result.
1633 if (!Initializing && !E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !E->isAssignmentOp()) {
1634 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateTemporary(E);
1635 if (!LocalIndex)
1636 return false;
1637 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
1638 return false;
1639 }
1640
1641 const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
1642 auto Op = E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()
1644 : E->getOpcode();
1645
1646 PrimType ElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(LHS->getType());
1647 PrimType RHSElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(RHS->getType());
1648 PrimType ResultElemT = this->classifyVectorElementType(E->getType());
1649
1650 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) {
1651 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1653 RHS->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()));
1654 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1655 return false;
1656 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1657 return false;
1658 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, 0, VecTy->getNumElements(), E))
1659 return false;
1660 if (DiscardResult)
1661 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
1662 return true;
1663 }
1664
1665 // Evaluate LHS and save value to LHSOffset.
1666 unsigned LHSOffset =
1667 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1668 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1669 return false;
1670 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1671 return false;
1672
1673 // Evaluate RHS and save value to RHSOffset.
1674 unsigned RHSOffset =
1675 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
1676 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1677 return false;
1678 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
1679 return false;
1680
1681 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
1682 return false;
1683
1684 // BitAdd/BitOr/BitXor/Shl/Shr doesn't support bool type, we need perform the
1685 // integer promotion.
1686 bool NeedIntPromot = ElemT == PT_Bool && (E->isBitwiseOp() || E->isShiftOp());
1687 QualType PromotTy;
1688 PrimType PromotT = PT_Bool;
1689 PrimType OpT = ElemT;
1690 if (NeedIntPromot) {
1691 PromotTy =
1692 Ctx.getASTContext().getPromotedIntegerType(Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy);
1693 PromotT = classifyPrim(PromotTy);
1694 OpT = PromotT;
1695 }
1696
1697 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, PrimType ElemT, unsigned Index) {
1698 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
1699 return false;
1700 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E))
1701 return false;
1702 if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
1703 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
1704 return false;
1705 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1706 return false;
1707 } else if (NeedIntPromot) {
1708 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PromotT, PromotTy, E))
1709 return false;
1710 }
1711 return true;
1712 };
1713
1714#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP) \
1715 { \
1716 if (ElemT == PT_Float) { \
1717 if (!this->emit##OP##f(getFPOptions(E), E)) \
1718 return false; \
1719 } else { \
1720 if (!this->emit##OP(ElemT, E)) \
1721 return false; \
1722 } \
1723 break; \
1724 }
1725
1726 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
1727 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, ElemT, I))
1728 return false;
1729 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, RHSElemT, I))
1730 return false;
1731 switch (Op) {
1732 case BO_Add:
1734 case BO_Sub:
1736 case BO_Mul:
1738 case BO_Div:
1740 case BO_Rem:
1741 if (!this->emitRem(ElemT, E))
1742 return false;
1743 break;
1744 case BO_And:
1745 if (!this->emitBitAnd(OpT, E))
1746 return false;
1747 break;
1748 case BO_Or:
1749 if (!this->emitBitOr(OpT, E))
1750 return false;
1751 break;
1752 case BO_Xor:
1753 if (!this->emitBitXor(OpT, E))
1754 return false;
1755 break;
1756 case BO_Shl:
1757 if (!this->emitShl(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1758 return false;
1759 break;
1760 case BO_Shr:
1761 if (!this->emitShr(OpT, RHSElemT, E))
1762 return false;
1763 break;
1764 case BO_EQ:
1765 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
1766 return false;
1767 break;
1768 case BO_NE:
1769 if (!this->emitNE(ElemT, E))
1770 return false;
1771 break;
1772 case BO_LE:
1773 if (!this->emitLE(ElemT, E))
1774 return false;
1775 break;
1776 case BO_LT:
1777 if (!this->emitLT(ElemT, E))
1778 return false;
1779 break;
1780 case BO_GE:
1781 if (!this->emitGE(ElemT, E))
1782 return false;
1783 break;
1784 case BO_GT:
1785 if (!this->emitGT(ElemT, E))
1786 return false;
1787 break;
1788 case BO_LAnd:
1789 // a && b is equivalent to a!=0 & b!=0
1790 if (!this->emitBitAnd(ResultElemT, E))
1791 return false;
1792 break;
1793 case BO_LOr:
1794 // a || b is equivalent to a!=0 | b!=0
1795 if (!this->emitBitOr(ResultElemT, E))
1796 return false;
1797 break;
1798 default:
1799 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1800 }
1801
1802 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number
1803 // of elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element
1804 // type.
1805 //
1806 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
1807 if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
1808 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1809 return false;
1810 if (!this->emitNeg(ResultElemT, E))
1811 return false;
1812 }
1813
1814 // If we performed an integer promotion, we need to cast the compute result
1815 // into result vector element type.
1816 if (NeedIntPromot &&
1817 !this->emitPrimCast(PromotT, ResultElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
1818 return false;
1819
1820 // Initialize array element with the value we just computed.
1821 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultElemT, I, E))
1822 return false;
1823 }
1824
1825 if (DiscardResult && E->isCompoundAssignmentOp() && !this->emitPopPtr(E))
1826 return false;
1827 return true;
1828}
1829
1830template <class Emitter>
1832 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
1833 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
1834 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
1835
1836 assert(LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType() ||
1837 RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1838
1839 auto LHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType());
1840 auto LHSSemaInt = LHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1841 auto RHSSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType());
1842 auto RHSSemaInt = RHSSema.toOpaqueInt();
1843
1844 if (!this->visit(LHS))
1845 return false;
1846 if (!LHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1847 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(LHS->getType()),
1848 LHSSemaInt, E))
1849 return false;
1850 }
1851
1852 if (!this->visit(RHS))
1853 return false;
1854 if (!RHS->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
1855 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFixedPoint(classifyPrim(RHS->getType()),
1856 RHSSemaInt, E))
1857 return false;
1858 }
1859
1860 // Convert the result to the target semantics.
1861 auto ConvertResult = [&](bool R) -> bool {
1862 if (!R)
1863 return false;
1864 auto ResultSema = ASTCtx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType()).toOpaqueInt();
1865 auto CommonSema = LHSSema.getCommonSemantics(RHSSema).toOpaqueInt();
1866 if (ResultSema != CommonSema)
1867 return this->emitCastFixedPoint(ResultSema, E);
1868 return true;
1869 };
1870
1871 auto MaybeCastToBool = [&](bool Result) {
1872 if (!Result)
1873 return false;
1874 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E);
1875 if (DiscardResult)
1876 return this->emitPop(T, E);
1877 if (T != PT_Bool)
1878 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, T, E);
1879 return true;
1880 };
1881
1882 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1883 case BO_EQ:
1884 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitEQFixedPoint(E));
1885 case BO_NE:
1886 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitNEFixedPoint(E));
1887 case BO_LT:
1888 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLTFixedPoint(E));
1889 case BO_LE:
1890 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitLEFixedPoint(E));
1891 case BO_GT:
1892 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGTFixedPoint(E));
1893 case BO_GE:
1894 return MaybeCastToBool(this->emitGEFixedPoint(E));
1895 case BO_Add:
1896 return ConvertResult(this->emitAddFixedPoint(E));
1897 case BO_Sub:
1898 return ConvertResult(this->emitSubFixedPoint(E));
1899 case BO_Mul:
1900 return ConvertResult(this->emitMulFixedPoint(E));
1901 case BO_Div:
1902 return ConvertResult(this->emitDivFixedPoint(E));
1903 case BO_Shl:
1904 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/true, E));
1905 case BO_Shr:
1906 return ConvertResult(this->emitShiftFixedPoint(/*Left=*/false, E));
1907
1908 default:
1909 return this->emitInvalid(E);
1910 }
1911
1912 llvm_unreachable("unhandled binop opcode");
1913}
1914
1915template <class Emitter>
1917 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
1918 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType());
1919
1920 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
1921 case UO_Plus:
1922 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
1923 case UO_Minus:
1924 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
1925 return false;
1926 if (!this->emitNegFixedPoint(E))
1927 return false;
1928 if (DiscardResult)
1929 return this->emitPopFixedPoint(E);
1930 return true;
1931 default:
1932 return false;
1933 }
1934
1935 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled unary opcode");
1936}
1937
1938template <class Emitter>
1940 const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
1941 if (DiscardResult)
1942 return true;
1943
1944 QualType QT = E->getType();
1945
1946 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT))
1947 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
1948
1949 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
1950 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->getAsRecordDecl();
1951 assert(RD);
1952 if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
1953 return false;
1954
1955 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
1956 CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumVBases() > 0) {
1957 // TODO: Diagnose.
1958 return false;
1959 }
1960
1961 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
1962 if (!R)
1963 return false;
1964
1965 assert(Initializing);
1966 return this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E);
1967 }
1968
1969 if (QT->isIncompleteArrayType())
1970 return true;
1971
1972 if (QT->isArrayType())
1973 return this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(QT, E);
1974
1975 if (const auto *ComplexTy = E->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1976 assert(Initializing);
1977 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
1978 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1979 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
1980 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1981 return false;
1982 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1983 return false;
1984 }
1985 return true;
1986 }
1987
1988 if (const auto *VecT = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1989 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
1990 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
1991 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
1992
1993 for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumVecElements; ++I) {
1994 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
1995 return false;
1996 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
1997 return false;
1998 }
1999 return true;
2000 }
2001
2002 if (const auto *MT = E->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2003 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2004 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2005 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2006
2007 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2008 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2009 return false;
2010 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2011 return false;
2012 }
2013 return true;
2014 }
2015
2016 return false;
2017}
2018
2019template <class Emitter>
2021 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
2022 return false;
2023
2024 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2025 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2026 const Expr *Index = E->getIdx();
2027 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2028
2029 // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
2030 // side is the base.
2031 bool Success = true;
2032 for (const Expr *SubExpr : {LHS, RHS}) {
2033 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) {
2034 Success = false;
2035 continue;
2036 }
2037
2038 // Expand the base if this is a subscript on a
2039 // pointer expression.
2040 if (SubExpr == Base && Base->getType()->isPointerType()) {
2041 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
2042 Success = false;
2043 }
2044 }
2045
2046 if (!Success)
2047 return false;
2048
2049 OptPrimType IndexT = classify(Index->getType());
2050 // In error-recovery cases, the index expression has a dependent type.
2051 if (!IndexT)
2052 return this->emitError(E);
2053 // If the index is first, we need to change that.
2054 if (LHS == Index) {
2055 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, *IndexT, E))
2056 return false;
2057 }
2058
2059 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(*IndexT, E))
2060 return false;
2061 if (DiscardResult)
2062 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
2063
2064 if (E->isGLValue())
2065 return true;
2066
2068 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2069}
2070
2071template <class Emitter>
2073 const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E) {
2075
2076 QualType QT = E->getType();
2077 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
2078 QT = AT->getValueType();
2079
2080 if (QT->isVoidType()) {
2081 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2082 return true;
2083 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2084 }
2085
2086 // Handle discarding first.
2087 if (DiscardResult) {
2088 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2089 if (!this->discard(Init))
2090 return false;
2091 }
2092 return true;
2093 }
2094
2095 // Primitive values.
2096 if (OptPrimType T = classify(QT)) {
2097 assert(!DiscardResult);
2098 if (Inits.size() == 0)
2099 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, QT, E);
2100 assert(Inits.size() == 1);
2101 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2102 }
2103
2104 if (QT->isRecordType()) {
2105 const Record *R = getRecord(QT);
2106
2107 if (Inits.size() == 1 && E->getType() == Inits[0]->getType())
2108 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2109
2110 if (!R)
2111 return false;
2112
2113 auto initPrimitiveField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2114 const Expr *Init, PrimType T,
2115 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2117 if (!this->visit(Init))
2118 return false;
2119
2120 bool BitField = FieldToInit->isBitField();
2121 if (BitField && Activate)
2122 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2123 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2124 if (BitField)
2125 return this->emitInitBitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset,
2126 FieldToInit->bitWidth(), E);
2127 if (Activate)
2128 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2129 return this->emitInitField(T, FieldToInit->Offset, E);
2130 };
2131
2132 auto initCompositeField = [=](const Record::Field *FieldToInit,
2133 const Expr *Init,
2134 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
2136 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Field(FieldToInit->Offset));
2137
2138 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
2139 // on the stack and recurse into visitInitializer().
2140 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(FieldToInit->Offset, Init))
2141 return false;
2142
2143 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(E))
2144 return false;
2145
2146 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2147 };
2148
2149 if (R->isUnion()) {
2150 if (Inits.size() == 0) {
2151 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
2152 return false;
2153 } else {
2154 const Expr *Init = Inits[0];
2155 const FieldDecl *FToInit = nullptr;
2156 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E))
2157 FToInit = ILE->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2158 else
2159 FToInit = cast<CXXParenListInitExpr>(E)->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
2160
2161 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(FToInit);
2162 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2163 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T, /*Activate=*/true))
2164 return false;
2165 } else {
2166 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init, /*Activate=*/true))
2167 return false;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2171 }
2172
2173 assert(!R->isUnion());
2174 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2175 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2176 // Skip unnamed bitfields.
2177 while (InitIndex < R->getNumFields() &&
2178 R->getField(InitIndex)->isUnnamedBitField())
2179 ++InitIndex;
2180
2181 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
2182 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2183 if (!initPrimitiveField(FieldToInit, Init, *T))
2184 return false;
2185 ++InitIndex;
2186 } else {
2187 // Initializer for a direct base class.
2188 if (const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(Init->getType())) {
2189 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, Init))
2190 return false;
2191
2192 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
2193 return false;
2194 // Base initializers don't increase InitIndex, since they don't count
2195 // into the Record's fields.
2196 } else {
2197 const Record::Field *FieldToInit = R->getField(InitIndex);
2198 if (!initCompositeField(FieldToInit, Init))
2199 return false;
2200 ++InitIndex;
2201 }
2202 }
2203 }
2204 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2205 }
2206
2207 if (QT->isArrayType()) {
2208 if (Inits.size() == 1 && QT == Inits[0]->getType())
2209 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2210
2211 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2212 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(QT);
2213 uint64_t NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
2214
2215 if (!this->emitCheckArraySize(NumElems, E))
2216 return false;
2217
2218 OptPrimType InitT = classify(CAT->getElementType());
2219 unsigned ElementIndex = 0;
2220 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2221 if (const auto *EmbedS =
2222 dyn_cast<EmbedExpr>(Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
2223 PrimType TargetT = classifyPrim(Init->getType());
2224
2225 auto Eval = [&](const IntegerLiteral *IL, unsigned ElemIndex) {
2226 if (TargetT == PT_Float) {
2227 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), classifyPrim(IL), Init))
2228 return false;
2229 const auto *Sem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(CAT->getElementType());
2230 if (!this->emitCastIntegralFloating(classifyPrim(IL), Sem,
2231 getFPOptions(E), E))
2232 return false;
2233 } else {
2234 if (!this->emitConst(IL->getValue(), TargetT, Init))
2235 return false;
2236 }
2237 return this->emitInitElem(TargetT, ElemIndex, IL);
2238 };
2239 if (!EmbedS->doForEachDataElement(Eval, ElementIndex))
2240 return false;
2241 } else {
2242 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, Init, InitT))
2243 return false;
2244 ++ElementIndex;
2245 }
2246 }
2247
2248 // Expand the filler expression.
2249 // FIXME: This should go away.
2250 if (ArrayFiller) {
2251 for (; ElementIndex != NumElems; ++ElementIndex) {
2252 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(ElementIndex, ArrayFiller, InitT))
2253 return false;
2254 }
2255 }
2256
2257 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
2258 }
2259
2260 if (const auto *ComplexTy = QT->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
2261 unsigned NumInits = Inits.size();
2262
2263 if (NumInits == 1)
2264 return this->delegate(Inits[0]);
2265
2266 QualType ElemQT = ComplexTy->getElementType();
2267 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2268 if (NumInits == 0) {
2269 // Zero-initialize both elements.
2270 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
2271 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2272 return false;
2273 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2274 return false;
2275 }
2276 } else if (NumInits == 2) {
2277 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2278 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2279 if (!this->visit(Init))
2280 return false;
2281
2282 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2283 return false;
2284 ++InitIndex;
2285 }
2286 }
2287 return true;
2288 }
2289
2290 if (const auto *VecT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2291 unsigned NumVecElements = VecT->getNumElements();
2292 assert(NumVecElements >= Inits.size());
2293
2294 QualType ElemQT = VecT->getElementType();
2295 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2296
2297 // All initializer elements.
2298 unsigned InitIndex = 0;
2299 for (const Expr *Init : Inits) {
2300 if (!this->visit(Init))
2301 return false;
2302
2303 // If the initializer is of vector type itself, we have to deconstruct
2304 // that and initialize all the target fields from the initializer fields.
2305 if (const auto *InitVecT = Init->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2306 if (!this->emitCopyArray(ElemT, 0, InitIndex,
2307 InitVecT->getNumElements(), E))
2308 return false;
2309 InitIndex += InitVecT->getNumElements();
2310 } else {
2311 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2312 return false;
2313 ++InitIndex;
2314 }
2315 }
2316
2317 assert(InitIndex <= NumVecElements);
2318
2319 // Fill the rest with zeroes.
2320 for (; InitIndex != NumVecElements; ++InitIndex) {
2321 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
2322 return false;
2323 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, InitIndex, E))
2324 return false;
2325 }
2326 return true;
2327 }
2328
2329 if (const auto *MT = QT->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
2330 unsigned NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
2331 assert(Inits.size() == NumElems);
2332
2333 QualType ElemQT = MT->getElementType();
2334 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
2335
2336 // Matrix initializer list elements are in row-major order, which matches
2337 // the matrix APValue convention and therefore no index remapping is
2338 // required.
2339 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
2340 if (!this->visit(Inits[I]))
2341 return false;
2342 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
2343 return false;
2344 }
2345 return true;
2346 }
2347
2348 return false;
2349}
2350
2351/// Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling
2352/// this.
2353template <class Emitter>
2354bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init,
2355 OptPrimType InitT) {
2356 if (InitT) {
2357 // Visit the primitive element like normal.
2358 if (!this->visit(Init))
2359 return false;
2360 return this->emitInitElem(*InitT, ElemIndex, Init);
2361 }
2362
2363 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Elem(ElemIndex));
2364 // Advance the pointer currently on the stack to the given
2365 // dimension.
2366 if (!this->emitConstUint32(ElemIndex, Init))
2367 return false;
2368 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(Init))
2369 return false;
2370 return this->visitInitializerPop(Init);
2371}
2372
2373template <class Emitter>
2375 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl,
2376 bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall) {
2377 assert(VarScope->getKind() == ScopeKind::Call);
2378 llvm::BitVector NonNullArgs;
2379 if (FuncDecl && FuncDecl->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
2380 NonNullArgs = collectNonNullArgs(FuncDecl, Args);
2381
2382 bool ExplicitMemberFn = false;
2383 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
2384 ExplicitMemberFn = MD->isExplicitObjectMemberFunction();
2385
2386 unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
2387 for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
2388 if (canClassify(Arg)) {
2389 if (!this->visit(Arg))
2390 return false;
2391 } else {
2392
2393 DeclTy Source = Arg;
2394 if (FuncDecl) {
2395 // Try to use the parameter declaration instead of the argument
2396 // expression as a source.
2397 unsigned DeclIndex = ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall + ExplicitMemberFn;
2398 if (DeclIndex < FuncDecl->getNumParams())
2399 Source = FuncDecl->getParamDecl(ArgIndex - IsOperatorCall +
2400 ExplicitMemberFn);
2401 }
2402
2403 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
2404 allocateLocal(std::move(Source), Arg->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
2405 if (!LocalIndex)
2406 return false;
2407
2408 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, Arg))
2409 return false;
2410 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
2411 if (!this->visitInitializer(Arg))
2412 return false;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (ArgIndex == 1 && Activate) {
2416 if (!this->emitActivate(Arg))
2417 return false;
2418 }
2419
2420 if (!NonNullArgs.empty() && NonNullArgs[ArgIndex]) {
2421 PrimType ArgT = classify(Arg).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2422 if (ArgT == PT_Ptr) {
2423 if (!this->emitCheckNonNullArg(ArgT, Arg))
2424 return false;
2425 }
2426 }
2427
2428 ++ArgIndex;
2429 }
2430
2431 return true;
2432}
2433
2434template <class Emitter>
2436 return this->visitInitList(E->inits(), E->getArrayFiller(), E);
2437}
2438
2439template <class Emitter>
2444
2445template <class Emitter>
2450
2451template <class Emitter>
2453 if (!E->hasAPValueResult())
2454 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2455
2456 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
2457 // Try to emit the APValue directly, without visiting the subexpr.
2458 // This will only fail if we can't emit the APValue, so won't emit any
2459 // diagnostics or any double values.
2460 if (DiscardResult)
2461 return true;
2462 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValueResult(), *T, E);
2463 }
2464
2465 // Fall back to the subexpr for non-primitive APValues.
2466 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
2467}
2468
2469template <class Emitter>
2471 auto It = E->begin();
2472 return this->visit(*It);
2473}
2474
2476 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind) {
2477 bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
2478 ASTCtx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7;
2479
2480 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
2481 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
2482 // alignment of the referenced type.
2483 if (const auto *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2484 T = Ref->getPointeeType();
2485
2486 if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
2487 return CharUnits::One();
2488
2489 // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
2490 // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and
2491 // _Alignof as well.
2492 if (Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
2493 return ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(ASTCtx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T));
2494
2495 return ASTCtx.getTypeAlignInChars(T);
2496}
2497
2498template <class Emitter>
2500 const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
2501
2502 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind = E->getKind();
2503 const ASTContext &ASTCtx = Ctx.getASTContext();
2504
2505 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf || Kind == UETT_DataSizeOf) {
2507
2508 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2509 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2510 if (const auto *Ref = ArgType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2511 ArgType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2512
2513 CharUnits Size;
2514 if (ArgType->isVoidType() || ArgType->isFunctionType())
2515 Size = CharUnits::One();
2516 else {
2517 if (ArgType->isDependentType() || !ArgType->isConstantSizeType())
2518 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2519
2520 if (Kind == UETT_SizeOf)
2521 Size = ASTCtx.getTypeSizeInChars(ArgType);
2522 else
2524 }
2525
2526 if (DiscardResult)
2527 return true;
2528
2529 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2530 }
2531
2532 if (Kind == UETT_CountOf) {
2533 QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
2534 assert(Ty->isArrayType());
2535
2536 // We don't need to worry about array element qualifiers, so getting the
2537 // unsafe array type is fine.
2538 if (const auto *CAT =
2539 dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
2540 if (DiscardResult)
2541 return true;
2542 return this->emitConst(CAT->getSize(), E);
2543 }
2544
2545 assert(!Ty->isConstantSizeType());
2546
2547 // If it's a variable-length array type, we need to check whether it is a
2548 // multidimensional array. If so, we need to check the size expression of
2549 // the VLA to see if it's a constant size. If so, we can return that value.
2550 const auto *VAT = ASTCtx.getAsVariableArrayType(Ty);
2551 assert(VAT);
2552 if (VAT->getElementType()->isArrayType()) {
2553 std::optional<APSInt> Res =
2554 VAT->getSizeExpr()
2555 ? VAT->getSizeExpr()->getIntegerConstantExpr(ASTCtx)
2556 : std::nullopt;
2557 if (Res) {
2558 if (DiscardResult)
2559 return true;
2560 return this->emitConst(*Res, E);
2561 }
2562 }
2563 }
2564
2565 if (Kind == UETT_AlignOf || Kind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
2566 CharUnits Size;
2567
2568 if (E->isArgumentType()) {
2570
2571 Size = AlignOfType(ArgType, ASTCtx, Kind);
2572 } else {
2573 // Argument is an expression, not a type.
2574 const Expr *Arg = E->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens();
2575
2576 if (Arg->getType()->isDependentType())
2577 return false;
2578
2579 // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
2580 // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
2581 // expressions in Sema.
2582
2583 // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we
2584 // default to 1 in those cases.
2585 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg))
2586 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
2587 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2588 else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Arg))
2589 Size = ASTCtx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
2590 /*RefAsPointee*/ true);
2591 else
2592 Size = AlignOfType(Arg->getType(), ASTCtx, Kind);
2593 }
2594
2595 if (DiscardResult)
2596 return true;
2597
2598 return this->emitConst(Size.getQuantity(), E);
2599 }
2600
2601 if (Kind == UETT_VectorElements) {
2602 if (E->containsErrors())
2603 return false;
2604
2605 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>())
2606 return this->emitConst(VT->getNumElements(), E);
2608 return this->emitSizelessVectorElementSize(E);
2609 }
2610
2611 if (Kind == UETT_VecStep) {
2612 if (const auto *VT = E->getTypeOfArgument()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2613 unsigned N = VT->getNumElements();
2614
2615 // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
2616 // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
2617 if (N == 3)
2618 N = 4;
2619
2620 return this->emitConst(N, E);
2621 }
2622 return this->emitConst(1, E);
2623 }
2624
2625 if (Kind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
2626 assert(E->isArgumentType());
2627 unsigned Bits = ASTCtx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType());
2628
2629 return this->emitConst(ASTCtx.toCharUnitsFromBits(Bits).getQuantity(), E);
2630 }
2631
2632 if (Kind == UETT_PtrAuthTypeDiscriminator) {
2633 if (E->getArgumentType()->isDependentType())
2634 return this->emitInvalid(E);
2635
2636 return this->emitConst(
2637 const_cast<ASTContext &>(ASTCtx).getPointerAuthTypeDiscriminator(
2638 E->getArgumentType()),
2639 E);
2640 }
2641
2642 return false;
2643}
2644
2645template <class Emitter>
2647 // 'Base.Member'
2648 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
2649 const ValueDecl *Member = E->getMemberDecl();
2650
2651 if (DiscardResult)
2652 return this->discard(Base);
2653
2654 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Member)) {
2655 // I am almost confident in saying that a var decl must be static
2656 // and therefore registered as a global variable.
2657 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
2658 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
2659 return false;
2660 if (Member->getType()->isReferenceType())
2661 return this->emitLoadPopPtr(E);
2662 return true;
2663 }
2664 return false;
2665 }
2666
2667 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2668 // A non-static member function access only makes sense as part of the
2669 // enclosing call here. Don't try to evaluate it in isolation.
2670 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
2671 MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
2672 return false;
2673 }
2674
2675 if (!this->discard(Base) && !this->emitSideEffect(E))
2676 return false;
2677
2678 return this->visitDeclRef(Member, E);
2679 }
2680
2681 if (!this->visit(Base))
2682 return false;
2683
2684 // Base above gives us a pointer on the stack.
2685 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Member);
2686 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
2687 const Record *R = getRecord(RD);
2688 if (!R)
2689 return false;
2690 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(FD);
2691
2692 // MemberExprs are almost always lvalues, in which case we don't need to
2693 // do the load. But sometimes they aren't.
2694 const auto maybeLoadValue = [&]() -> bool {
2695 if (E->isGLValue())
2696 return true;
2697 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E))
2698 return this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
2699 return false;
2700 };
2701
2702 // Leave a pointer to the field on the stack.
2703 if (F->Decl->getType()->isReferenceType())
2704 return this->emitGetFieldPop(PT_Ptr, F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2705 return this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F->Offset, E) && maybeLoadValue();
2706}
2707
2708template <class Emitter>
2710 assert(!DiscardResult);
2711 // ArrayIndex might not be set if a ArrayInitIndexExpr is being evaluated
2712 // stand-alone, e.g. via EvaluateAsInt().
2713 if (!ArrayIndex)
2714 return false;
2715 return this->emitConst(*ArrayIndex, E);
2716}
2717
2718template <class Emitter>
2720 assert(Initializing);
2721 assert(!DiscardResult);
2722
2723 const Expr *Common = E->getCommonExpr();
2724 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
2725 OptPrimType SubExprT = classify(SubExpr);
2726 size_t Size = E->getArraySize().getZExtValue();
2727
2728 if (SubExprT) {
2729 // Unwrap the OpaqueValueExpr so we don't cache something we won't reuse.
2730 Common = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Common)->getSourceExpr();
2731
2732 if (!this->visit(Common))
2733 return false;
2734 return this->emitCopyArray(*SubExprT, 0, 0, Size, E);
2735 }
2736
2737 // We visit the common opaque expression here once so we have its value
2738 // cached.
2739 if (!this->discard(Common))
2740 return false;
2741
2742 // TODO: This compiles to quite a lot of bytecode if the array is larger.
2743 // Investigate compiling this to a loop.
2744
2745 // So, every iteration, we execute an assignment here
2746 // where the LHS is on the stack (the target array)
2747 // and the RHS is our SubExpr.
2748 for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
2749 ArrayIndexScope<Emitter> IndexScope(this, I);
2751
2752 if (!this->visitArrayElemInit(I, SubExpr, SubExprT))
2753 return false;
2754 if (!BS.destroyLocals())
2755 return false;
2756 }
2757 return true;
2758}
2759
2760template <class Emitter>
2762 const Expr *SourceExpr = E->getSourceExpr();
2763 if (!SourceExpr)
2764 return false;
2765
2766 if (Initializing) {
2767 assert(!DiscardResult);
2768 return this->visitInitializer(SourceExpr);
2769 }
2770
2771 PrimType SubExprT = classify(SourceExpr).value_or(PT_Ptr);
2772 if (auto It = OpaqueExprs.find(E); It != OpaqueExprs.end()) {
2773 if (DiscardResult)
2774 return true;
2775 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, It->second, E);
2776 }
2777
2778 if (!this->visit(SourceExpr))
2779 return false;
2780
2781 // At this point we either have the evaluated source expression or a pointer
2782 // to an object on the stack. We want to create a local variable that stores
2783 // this value.
2784 unsigned LocalIndex = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, SubExprT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2785 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E))
2786 return false;
2787
2788 // This is cleaned up when the local variable is destroyed.
2789 OpaqueExprs.insert({E, LocalIndex});
2790
2791 // Here the local variable is created but the value is removed from the stack,
2792 // so we put it back if the caller needs it.
2793 if (!DiscardResult)
2794 return this->emitGetLocal(SubExprT, LocalIndex, E);
2795 return true;
2796}
2797
2798template <class Emitter>
2800 const AbstractConditionalOperator *E) {
2801 const Expr *Condition = E->getCond();
2802 const Expr *TrueExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
2803 const Expr *FalseExpr = E->getFalseExpr();
2804
2805 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(Condition)) {
2806 if (*BoolValue)
2807 return this->delegate(TrueExpr);
2808 return this->delegate(FalseExpr);
2809 }
2810
2811 // Force-init the scope, which creates a InitScope op. This is necessary so
2812 // the scope is not only initialized in one arm of the conditional operator.
2813 this->VarScope->forceInit();
2814 // The TrueExpr and FalseExpr of a conditional operator do _not_ create a
2815 // scope, which means the local variables created within them unconditionally
2816 // always exist. However, we need to later differentiate which branch was
2817 // taken and only destroy the varibles of the active branch. This is what the
2818 // "enabled" flags on local variables are used for.
2819 llvm::SaveAndRestore LAAA(this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled,
2820 /*NewValue=*/false);
2821 bool IsBcpCall = false;
2822 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Condition->IgnoreParenCasts());
2823 CE && CE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
2824 IsBcpCall = true;
2825 }
2826
2827 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel(); // Label after the operator.
2828 LabelTy LabelFalse = this->getLabel(); // Label for the false expr.
2829
2830 if (IsBcpCall) {
2831 if (!this->emitPushIgnoreDiags(E))
2832 return false;
2833 }
2834
2835 if (!this->visitBool(Condition)) {
2836 // If the condition failed and we're checking for undefined behavior
2837 // (which only happens with EvalEmitter) check the TrueExpr and FalseExpr
2838 // as well.
2839 if (this->checkingForUndefinedBehavior()) {
2840 if (!this->discard(TrueExpr))
2841 return false;
2842 if (!this->discard(FalseExpr))
2843 return false;
2844 }
2845 return false;
2846 }
2847
2848 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelFalse, E))
2849 return false;
2850 if (!this->delegate(TrueExpr))
2851 return false;
2852
2853 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, E))
2854 return false;
2855 this->emitLabel(LabelFalse);
2856 if (!this->delegate(FalseExpr))
2857 return false;
2858
2859 this->fallthrough(LabelEnd);
2860 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
2861
2862 if (IsBcpCall)
2863 return this->emitPopIgnoreDiags(E);
2864 return true;
2865}
2866
2867template <class Emitter>
2869 if (DiscardResult)
2870 return true;
2871
2872 if (!Initializing) {
2873 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E);
2874 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2875 }
2876
2877 // We are initializing an array on the stack.
2878 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2879 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
2880 assert(CAT && "a string literal that's not a constant array?");
2881
2882 // If the initializer string is too long, a diagnostic has already been
2883 // emitted. Read only the array length from the string literal.
2884 unsigned ArraySize = CAT->getZExtSize();
2885 unsigned N = std::min(ArraySize, E->getLength());
2886 unsigned CharWidth = E->getCharByteWidth();
2887
2888 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
2889 uint32_t CodeUnit = E->getCodeUnit(I);
2890
2891 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2892 this->emitConstSint8(CodeUnit, E);
2893 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2894 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2895 this->emitConstUint16(CodeUnit, E);
2896 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2897 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2898 this->emitConstUint32(CodeUnit, E);
2899 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2900 } else {
2901 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2902 }
2903 }
2904
2905 // Fill up the rest of the char array with NUL bytes.
2906 for (unsigned I = N; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
2907 if (CharWidth == 1) {
2908 this->emitConstSint8(0, E);
2909 this->emitInitElemSint8(I, E);
2910 } else if (CharWidth == 2) {
2911 this->emitConstUint16(0, E);
2912 this->emitInitElemUint16(I, E);
2913 } else if (CharWidth == 4) {
2914 this->emitConstUint32(0, E);
2915 this->emitInitElemUint32(I, E);
2916 } else {
2917 llvm_unreachable("unsupported character width");
2918 }
2919 }
2920
2921 return true;
2922}
2923
2924template <class Emitter>
2926 if (DiscardResult)
2927 return true;
2928 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
2929}
2930
2931template <class Emitter>
2933 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2934 std::string Str;
2935 A.getObjCEncodingForType(E->getEncodedType(), Str);
2936 StringLiteral *SL =
2938 /*Pascal=*/false, E->getType(), E->getAtLoc());
2939 return this->delegate(SL);
2940}
2941
2942template <class Emitter>
2944 const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E) {
2945 if (DiscardResult)
2946 return true;
2947
2948 assert(!Initializing);
2949
2950 auto &A = Ctx.getASTContext();
2951 std::string ResultStr = E->ComputeName(A);
2952
2953 QualType CharTy = A.CharTy.withConst();
2954 APInt Size(A.getTypeSize(A.getSizeType()), ResultStr.size() + 1);
2955 QualType ArrayTy = A.getConstantArrayType(CharTy, Size, nullptr,
2957
2958 StringLiteral *SL =
2960 /*Pascal=*/false, ArrayTy, E->getLocation());
2961
2962 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(SL);
2963 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
2964}
2965
2966template <class Emitter>
2968 if (DiscardResult)
2969 return true;
2970 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
2971}
2972
2973template <class Emitter>
2975 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
2976
2977 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
2978 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
2979 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
2980 QualType LHSComputationType = E->getComputationLHSType();
2981 QualType ResultType = E->getComputationResultType();
2982 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHSComputationType);
2983 OptPrimType RT = classify(ResultType);
2984
2985 assert(ResultType->isFloatingType());
2986
2987 if (!LT || !RT)
2988 return false;
2989
2990 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHSType);
2991
2992 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
2993 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
2994 // load it again later.
2995 if (!visit(RHS))
2996 return false;
2997
2998 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
2999 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3000 return false;
3001
3002 // First, visit LHS.
3003 if (!visit(LHS))
3004 return false;
3005 if (!this->emitLoad(LHST, E))
3006 return false;
3007
3008 // If necessary, convert LHS to its computation type.
3009 if (!this->emitPrimCast(LHST, classifyPrim(LHSComputationType),
3010 LHSComputationType, E))
3011 return false;
3012
3013 // Now load RHS.
3014 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3015 return false;
3016
3017 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3018 case BO_AddAssign:
3019 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3020 return false;
3021 break;
3022 case BO_SubAssign:
3023 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3024 return false;
3025 break;
3026 case BO_MulAssign:
3027 if (!this->emitMulf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3028 return false;
3029 break;
3030 case BO_DivAssign:
3031 if (!this->emitDivf(getFPOptions(E), E))
3032 return false;
3033 break;
3034 default:
3035 return false;
3036 }
3037
3038 if (!this->emitPrimCast(classifyPrim(ResultType), LHST, LHS->getType(), E))
3039 return false;
3040
3041 if (DiscardResult)
3042 return this->emitStorePop(LHST, E);
3043 return this->emitStore(LHST, E);
3044}
3045
3046template <class Emitter>
3048 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3049 BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
3050 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3051 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3052 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3053 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3054
3055 if (Op != BO_AddAssign && Op != BO_SubAssign)
3056 return false;
3057
3058 if (!LT || !RT)
3059 return false;
3060
3061 if (!visit(LHS))
3062 return false;
3063
3064 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, LHS))
3065 return false;
3066
3067 if (!visit(RHS))
3068 return false;
3069
3070 if (Op == BO_AddAssign) {
3071 if (!this->emitAddOffset(*RT, E))
3072 return false;
3073 } else {
3074 if (!this->emitSubOffset(*RT, E))
3075 return false;
3076 }
3077
3078 if (DiscardResult)
3079 return this->emitStorePopPtr(E);
3080 return this->emitStorePtr(E);
3081}
3082
3083template <class Emitter>
3085 const CompoundAssignOperator *E) {
3086 if (E->getType()->isVectorType())
3087 return VisitVectorBinOp(E);
3088
3089 const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
3090 const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
3091 OptPrimType LHSComputationT = classify(E->getComputationLHSType());
3092 OptPrimType LT = classify(LHS->getType());
3093 OptPrimType RT = classify(RHS->getType());
3094 OptPrimType ResultT = classify(E->getType());
3095
3096 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
3097 return this->visit(RHS) && this->visit(LHS) && this->emitError(E);
3098
3099 if (!LT || !RT || !ResultT || !LHSComputationT)
3100 return false;
3101
3102 // Handle floating point operations separately here, since they
3103 // require special care.
3104
3105 if (ResultT == PT_Float || RT == PT_Float)
3107
3108 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
3110
3111 assert(!E->getType()->isPointerType() && "Handled above");
3112 assert(!E->getType()->isFloatingType() && "Handled above");
3113
3114 // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
3115 // Compute RHS and save it in a temporary variable so we can
3116 // load it again later.
3117 // FIXME: Compound assignments are unsequenced in C, so we might
3118 // have to figure out how to reject them.
3119 if (!visit(RHS))
3120 return false;
3121
3122 unsigned TempOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *RT, /*IsConst=*/true);
3123
3124 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3125 return false;
3126
3127 // Get LHS pointer, load its value and cast it to the
3128 // computation type if necessary.
3129 if (!visit(LHS))
3130 return false;
3131 if (!this->emitLoad(*LT, E))
3132 return false;
3133 if (LT != LHSComputationT &&
3134 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LT, *LHSComputationT, E->getComputationLHSType(),
3135 E))
3136 return false;
3137
3138 // Get the RHS value on the stack.
3139 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*RT, TempOffset, E))
3140 return false;
3141
3142 // Perform operation.
3143 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
3144 case BO_AddAssign:
3145 if (!this->emitAdd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3146 return false;
3147 break;
3148 case BO_SubAssign:
3149 if (!this->emitSub(*LHSComputationT, E))
3150 return false;
3151 break;
3152 case BO_MulAssign:
3153 if (!this->emitMul(*LHSComputationT, E))
3154 return false;
3155 break;
3156 case BO_DivAssign:
3157 if (!this->emitDiv(*LHSComputationT, E))
3158 return false;
3159 break;
3160 case BO_RemAssign:
3161 if (!this->emitRem(*LHSComputationT, E))
3162 return false;
3163 break;
3164 case BO_ShlAssign:
3165 if (!this->emitShl(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3166 return false;
3167 break;
3168 case BO_ShrAssign:
3169 if (!this->emitShr(*LHSComputationT, *RT, E))
3170 return false;
3171 break;
3172 case BO_AndAssign:
3173 if (!this->emitBitAnd(*LHSComputationT, E))
3174 return false;
3175 break;
3176 case BO_XorAssign:
3177 if (!this->emitBitXor(*LHSComputationT, E))
3178 return false;
3179 break;
3180 case BO_OrAssign:
3181 if (!this->emitBitOr(*LHSComputationT, E))
3182 return false;
3183 break;
3184 default:
3185 llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented compound assign operator");
3186 }
3187
3188 // And now cast from LHSComputationT to ResultT.
3189 if (ResultT != LHSComputationT &&
3190 !this->emitIntegralCast(*LHSComputationT, *ResultT, E->getType(), E))
3191 return false;
3192
3193 // And store the result in LHS.
3194 if (DiscardResult) {
3195 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3196 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(*ResultT, E);
3197 return this->emitStorePop(*ResultT, E);
3198 }
3199 if (LHS->refersToBitField())
3200 return this->emitStoreBitField(*ResultT, E);
3201 return this->emitStore(*ResultT, E);
3202}
3203
3204template <class Emitter>
3207 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3208
3209 return this->delegate(SubExpr) && ES.destroyLocals(E);
3210}
3211
3212template <class Emitter>
3214 const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
3215 if (Initializing) {
3216 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3217 return this->delegate(E->getSubExpr());
3218 }
3219 // If we don't end up using the materialized temporary anyway, don't
3220 // bother creating it.
3221 if (DiscardResult)
3222 return this->discard(E->getSubExpr());
3223
3226 const Expr *Inner;
3227 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3228 Inner =
3229 E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
3230 else
3231 Inner = E->getSubExpr();
3232
3233 // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
3234 for (const Expr *LHS : CommaLHSs) {
3235 if (!this->discard(LHS))
3236 return false;
3237 }
3238
3239 // FIXME: Find a test case where Adjustments matters.
3240
3241 // When we're extending a global variable *or* the storage duration of
3242 // the temporary is explicitly static, create a global variable.
3243 OptPrimType InnerT = classify(Inner);
3244 const ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = E->getExtendingDecl();
3245 bool IsStatic = E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
3246 if (IsStatic ||
3247 (ExtendingDecl && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(ExtendingDecl))) {
3248 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, Inner->getType());
3249 if (!GlobalIndex)
3250 return false;
3251
3252 const LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *TempDecl =
3254
3255 if (InnerT) {
3256 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3257 return false;
3258
3259 if (IsStatic) {
3260 assert(TempDecl);
3261 if (!this->emitInitGlobalTemp(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, TempDecl, E))
3262 return false;
3263 } else {
3264 if (!this->emitInitGlobal(*InnerT, *GlobalIndex, E))
3265 return false;
3266 }
3267 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
3268 }
3269
3270 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3271 return false;
3272 // Non-primitive values.
3273 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3274 return false;
3275 if (!this->visitInitializer(Inner))
3276 return false;
3277 if (IsStatic) {
3278 assert(TempDecl);
3279 return this->emitInitGlobalTempComp(TempDecl, E);
3280 }
3281 return true;
3282 }
3283
3287
3288 // For everyhing else, use local variables.
3289 if (InnerT) {
3290 bool IsConst = Inner->getType().isConstQualified();
3291 bool IsVolatile = Inner->getType().isVolatileQualified();
3292 unsigned LocalIndex =
3293 allocateLocalPrimitive(E, *InnerT, IsConst, IsVolatile, VarScope);
3294 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3295 !this->emitEnableLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3296 return false;
3297
3298 if (!this->visit(Inner))
3299 return false;
3300 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*InnerT, LocalIndex, E))
3301 return false;
3302
3303 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E);
3304 }
3305
3306 if (!this->checkLiteralType(Inner))
3307 return false;
3308
3309 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex =
3310 allocateLocal(E, Inner->getType(), VarScope)) {
3311 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
3312
3313 if (!this->VarScope->LocalsAlwaysEnabled &&
3314 !this->emitEnableLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3315 return false;
3316
3317 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3318 return false;
3319 return this->visitInitializer(Inner);
3320 }
3321 return false;
3322}
3323
3324template <class Emitter>
3326 const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
3327 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3328
3329 if (Initializing)
3330 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3331
3332 // Make sure we create a temporary even if we're discarding, since that will
3333 // make sure we will also call the destructor.
3334
3335 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
3336 return false;
3337
3338 if (DiscardResult)
3339 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3340 return true;
3341}
3342
3343template <class Emitter>
3345 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3346 if (DiscardResult)
3347 return this->discard(Init);
3348
3349 if (Initializing) {
3350 // We already have a value, just initialize that.
3351 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3352 }
3353
3354 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
3355 if (E->isFileScope()) {
3356 // Avoid creating a variable if this is a primitive RValue anyway.
3357 if (T && !E->isLValue())
3358 return this->delegate(Init);
3359
3360 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(E, E->getType());
3361 if (!GlobalIndex)
3362 return false;
3363
3364 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3365 return false;
3366
3367 // Since this is a global variable, we might've already seen,
3368 // don't do it again.
3369 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
3370 return true;
3371
3372 if (T) {
3373 if (!this->visit(Init))
3374 return false;
3375 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *GlobalIndex, E);
3376 }
3377
3378 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3379 }
3380
3381 // Otherwise, use a local variable.
3382 if (T && !E->isLValue()) {
3383 // For primitive types, we just visit the initializer.
3384 return this->delegate(Init);
3385 }
3386
3387 unsigned LocalIndex;
3388 if (T)
3389 LocalIndex = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Init, *T, /*IsConst=*/false);
3390 else if (UnsignedOrNone MaybeIndex = this->allocateLocal(Init))
3391 LocalIndex = *MaybeIndex;
3392 else
3393 return false;
3394
3395 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(LocalIndex, E))
3396 return false;
3397
3398 if (T)
3399 return this->visit(Init) && this->emitInit(*T, E);
3400 return this->visitInitializer(Init);
3401}
3402
3403template <class Emitter>
3405 if (DiscardResult)
3406 return true;
3407 if (E->isStoredAsBoolean()) {
3408 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
3409 return this->emitConstBool(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3410 return this->emitConst(E->getBoolValue(), E);
3411 }
3412 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3413 return this->visitAPValue(E->getAPValue(), T, E);
3414}
3415
3416template <class Emitter>
3418 if (DiscardResult)
3419 return true;
3420 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3421}
3422
3423template <class Emitter>
3425 if (DiscardResult)
3426 return true;
3427
3428 assert(Initializing);
3429 const Record *R = P.getOrCreateRecord(E->getLambdaClass());
3430 if (!R)
3431 return false;
3432
3433 auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
3434 // Initialize all fields (which represent lambda captures) of the
3435 // record with their initializers.
3436 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
3437 const Expr *Init = *CaptureInitIt;
3438 if (!Init || Init->containsErrors())
3439 continue;
3440 ++CaptureInitIt;
3441
3442 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Init)) {
3443 if (!this->visit(Init))
3444 return false;
3445
3446 if (!this->emitInitField(*T, F.Offset, E))
3447 return false;
3448 } else {
3449 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
3450 return false;
3451
3452 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init))
3453 return false;
3454 }
3455 }
3456
3457 return true;
3458}
3459
3460template <class Emitter>
3462 if (DiscardResult)
3463 return true;
3464
3465 if (!Initializing) {
3466 unsigned StringIndex = P.createGlobalString(E->getFunctionName(), E);
3467 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(StringIndex, E);
3468 }
3469
3470 return this->delegate(E->getFunctionName());
3471}
3472
3473template <class Emitter>
3475 if (E->getSubExpr() && !this->discard(E->getSubExpr()))
3476 return false;
3477
3478 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3479}
3480
3481template <class Emitter>
3483 const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
3484 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
3485
3486 OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr);
3487 OptPrimType ToT = classify(E);
3488
3489 if (!FromT || !ToT)
3490 return this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, /*Fatal=*/true, E);
3491
3492 if (FromT == PT_Ptr || ToT == PT_Ptr) {
3493 // Both types could be PT_Ptr because their expressions are glvalues.
3494 OptPrimType PointeeFromT;
3495 if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerOrReferenceType())
3496 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType()->getPointeeType());
3497 else
3498 PointeeFromT = classify(SubExpr->getType());
3499
3500 OptPrimType PointeeToT;
3502 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType()->getPointeeType());
3503 else
3504 PointeeToT = classify(E->getType());
3505
3506 bool Fatal = true;
3507 if (PointeeToT && PointeeFromT) {
3508 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeFromT) &&
3509 isIntegerOrBoolType(*PointeeToT))
3510 Fatal = false;
3511 else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3512 Fatal = false;
3513 } else {
3514 Fatal = SubExpr->getType().getTypePtr() != E->getType().getTypePtr();
3515 }
3516
3517 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3518 return false;
3519
3520 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueBitCast)
3521 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
3522 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3523 }
3524
3525 // Try to actually do the cast.
3526 bool Fatal = (ToT != FromT);
3527 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Reinterpret, Fatal, E))
3528 return false;
3529
3530 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3531}
3532
3533template <class Emitter>
3535
3536 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
3537 if (!this->emitInvalidCast(CastKind::Dynamic, /*Fatal=*/false, E))
3538 return false;
3539 }
3540
3541 return this->VisitCastExpr(E);
3542}
3543
3544template <class Emitter>
3546 assert(E->getType()->isBooleanType());
3547
3548 if (DiscardResult)
3549 return true;
3550 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
3551}
3552
3553template <class Emitter>
3555 QualType T = E->getType();
3556 assert(!canClassify(T));
3557
3558 if (T->isRecordType()) {
3559 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3560
3561 // If we're discarding a construct expression, we still need
3562 // to allocate a variable and call the constructor and destructor.
3563 if (DiscardResult) {
3564 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3565 return true;
3566 assert(!Initializing);
3567 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3568
3569 if (!LocalIndex)
3570 return false;
3571
3572 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3573 return false;
3574 }
3575
3576 // Trivial copy/move constructor. Avoid copy.
3577 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
3578 Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3579 E->getArg(0)->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(),
3580 T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
3581 return this->visitInitializer(E->getArg(0));
3582
3583 // Zero initialization.
3584 bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
3585 if (ZeroInit) {
3586 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3587 if (!R)
3588 return false;
3589
3590 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
3591 return false;
3592
3593 // If the constructor is trivial anyway, we're done.
3594 if (Ctor->isTrivial())
3595 return true;
3596 }
3597
3598 // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
3599 if (!ZeroInit && E->isElidable()) {
3600 const Expr *SrcObj = E->getArg(0);
3601 assert(SrcObj->isTemporaryObject(Ctx.getASTContext(), Ctor->getParent()));
3602 assert(Ctx.getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(E->getType(),
3603 SrcObj->getType()));
3604 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(SrcObj)) {
3605 if (!this->emitCheckFunctionDecl(Ctor, E))
3606 return false;
3607 return this->visitInitializer(ME->getSubExpr());
3608 }
3609 }
3610
3611 const Function *Func = getFunction(Ctor);
3612
3613 if (!Func)
3614 return false;
3615
3616 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
3617 assert(!Func->hasRVO());
3618
3619 // The This pointer is already on the stack because this is an initializer,
3620 // but we need to dup() so the call() below has its own copy.
3621 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3622 return false;
3623
3624 // Constructor arguments.
3625 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3626 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3627 return false;
3628 }
3629
3630 if (Func->isVariadic()) {
3631 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
3632 unsigned NumParams = Func->getNumWrittenParams();
3633 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
3634 VarArgSize +=
3635 align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
3636 }
3637 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
3638 return false;
3639 } else {
3640 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E)) {
3641 // When discarding, we don't need the result anyway, so clean up
3642 // the instance dup we did earlier in case surrounding code wants
3643 // to keep evaluating.
3644 if (DiscardResult)
3645 (void)this->emitPopPtr(E);
3646 return false;
3647 }
3648 }
3649
3650 if (DiscardResult)
3651 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3652 return true;
3653 }
3654
3655 if (T->isArrayType()) {
3656 const Function *Func = getFunction(E->getConstructor());
3657 if (!Func)
3658 return false;
3659
3660 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
3661 return false;
3662
3663 std::function<bool(QualType)> initArrayDimension;
3664 initArrayDimension = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
3665 if (!T->isArrayType()) {
3666 // Constructor arguments.
3667 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
3668 if (!this->visit(Arg))
3669 return false;
3670 }
3671
3672 return this->emitCall(Func, 0, E);
3673 }
3674
3675 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
3676 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(T);
3677 if (!CAT)
3678 return false;
3679 QualType ElemTy = CAT->getElementType();
3680 unsigned NumElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
3681 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
3682 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, E))
3683 return false;
3684 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(E))
3685 return false;
3686 if (!initArrayDimension(ElemTy))
3687 return false;
3688 }
3689 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
3690 };
3691
3692 return initArrayDimension(E->getType());
3693 }
3694
3695 return false;
3696}
3697
3698template <class Emitter>
3700 if (DiscardResult)
3701 return true;
3702
3703 const APValue Val =
3704 E->EvaluateInContext(Ctx.getASTContext(), SourceLocDefaultExpr);
3705
3706 // Things like __builtin_LINE().
3707 if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3708 assert(Val.isInt());
3709 const APSInt &I = Val.getInt();
3710 return this->emitConst(I, E);
3711 }
3712 // Otherwise, the APValue is an LValue, with only one element.
3713 // Theoretically, we don't need the APValue at all of course.
3714 assert(E->getType()->isPointerType());
3715 assert(Val.isLValue());
3716 const APValue::LValueBase &Base = Val.getLValueBase();
3717 if (const Expr *LValueExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
3718 return this->visit(LValueExpr);
3719
3720 // Otherwise, we have a decl (which is the case for
3721 // __builtin_source_location).
3722 assert(Base.is<const ValueDecl *>());
3723 assert(Val.getLValuePath().size() == 0);
3724 const auto *BaseDecl = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>();
3725 assert(BaseDecl);
3726
3727 auto *UGCD = cast<UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(BaseDecl);
3728
3729 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(UGCD);
3730 if (!GlobalIndex)
3731 return false;
3732
3733 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
3734 return false;
3735
3736 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
3737 const APValue &V = UGCD->getValue();
3738 for (unsigned I = 0, N = R->getNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
3739 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(I);
3740 const APValue &FieldValue = V.getStructField(I);
3741
3742 PrimType FieldT = classifyPrim(F->Decl->getType());
3743
3744 if (!this->visitAPValue(FieldValue, FieldT, E))
3745 return false;
3746 if (!this->emitInitField(FieldT, F->Offset, E))
3747 return false;
3748 }
3749
3750 // Leave the pointer to the global on the stack.
3751 return true;
3752}
3753
3754template <class Emitter>
3756 unsigned N = E->getNumComponents();
3757 if (N == 0)
3758 return false;
3759
3760 for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I) {
3761 const OffsetOfNode &Node = E->getComponent(I);
3762 if (Node.getKind() == OffsetOfNode::Array) {
3763 const Expr *ArrayIndexExpr = E->getIndexExpr(Node.getArrayExprIndex());
3764 PrimType IndexT = classifyPrim(ArrayIndexExpr->getType());
3765
3766 if (DiscardResult) {
3767 if (!this->discard(ArrayIndexExpr))
3768 return false;
3769 continue;
3770 }
3771
3772 if (!this->visit(ArrayIndexExpr))
3773 return false;
3774 // Cast to Sint64.
3775 if (IndexT != PT_Sint64) {
3776 if (!this->emitCast(IndexT, PT_Sint64, E))
3777 return false;
3778 }
3779 }
3780 }
3781
3782 if (DiscardResult)
3783 return true;
3784
3785 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
3786 return this->emitOffsetOf(T, E, E);
3787}
3788
3789template <class Emitter>
3791 const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
3792 QualType Ty = E->getType();
3793
3794 if (DiscardResult || Ty->isVoidType())
3795 return true;
3796
3797 if (OptPrimType T = classify(Ty))
3798 return this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, Ty, E);
3799
3800 if (const auto *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3801 if (!Initializing) {
3802 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3803 if (!LocalIndex)
3804 return false;
3805 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3806 return false;
3807 }
3808
3809 // Initialize both fields to 0.
3810 QualType ElemQT = CT->getElementType();
3811 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3812
3813 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
3814 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3815 return false;
3816 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3817 return false;
3818 }
3819 return true;
3820 }
3821
3822 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3823 // FIXME: Code duplication with the _Complex case above.
3824 if (!Initializing) {
3825 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
3826 if (!LocalIndex)
3827 return false;
3828 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
3829 return false;
3830 }
3831
3832 // Initialize all fields to 0.
3833 QualType ElemQT = VT->getElementType();
3834 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemQT);
3835
3836 for (unsigned I = 0, N = VT->getNumElements(); I != N; ++I) {
3837 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(ElemT, ElemQT, E))
3838 return false;
3839 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
3840 return false;
3841 }
3842 return true;
3843 }
3844
3845 return false;
3846}
3847
3848template <class Emitter>
3850 return this->emitConst(E->getPackLength(), E);
3851}
3852
3853template <class Emitter>
3858
3859template <class Emitter>
3861 return this->delegate(E->getChosenSubExpr());
3862}
3863
3864template <class Emitter>
3866 if (DiscardResult)
3867 return true;
3868
3869 return this->emitConst(E->getValue(), E);
3870}
3871
3872template <class Emitter>
3874 const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
3875 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = E->getConstructor();
3876 assert(!Ctor->isTrivial() &&
3877 "Trivial CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr, implement. (possible?)");
3878 const Function *F = this->getFunction(Ctor);
3879 assert(F);
3880 assert(!F->hasRVO());
3881 assert(F->hasThisPointer());
3882
3883 if (!this->emitDupPtr(SourceInfo{}))
3884 return false;
3885
3886 // Forward all arguments of the current function (which should be a
3887 // constructor itself) to the inherited ctor.
3888 // This is necessary because the calling code has pushed the pointer
3889 // of the correct base for us already, but the arguments need
3890 // to come after.
3891 unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
3892 for (const ParmVarDecl *PD : Ctor->parameters()) {
3893 PrimType PT = this->classify(PD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
3894
3895 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT, ParamIndex, E))
3896 return false;
3897 ++ParamIndex;
3898 }
3899
3900 return this->emitCall(F, 0, E);
3901}
3902
3903// FIXME: This function has become rather unwieldy, especially
3904// the part where we initialize an array allocation of dynamic size.
3905template <class Emitter>
3907 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Ptr);
3908 const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
3909 QualType ElementType = E->getAllocatedType();
3910 OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElementType);
3911 unsigned PlacementArgs = E->getNumPlacementArgs();
3912 const FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
3913 const Expr *PlacementDest = nullptr;
3914 bool IsNoThrow = false;
3915
3916 if (E->containsErrors())
3917 return false;
3918
3919 if (PlacementArgs != 0) {
3920 // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
3921 // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
3922 //
3923 // new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
3924 //
3925 // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
3926 // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
3927 // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
3928 if (PlacementArgs == 1) {
3929 const Expr *Arg1 = E->getPlacementArg(0);
3930 if (Arg1->getType()->isNothrowT()) {
3931 if (!this->discard(Arg1))
3932 return false;
3933 IsNoThrow = true;
3934 } else {
3935 // Invalid unless we have C++26 or are in a std:: function.
3936 if (!this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E))
3937 return false;
3938
3939 // If we have a placement-new destination, we'll later use that instead
3940 // of allocating.
3941 if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator())
3942 PlacementDest = Arg1;
3943 }
3944 } else {
3945 // Always invalid.
3946 return this->emitInvalid(E);
3947 }
3948 } else if (!OperatorNew
3949 ->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
3950 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
3951
3952 const Descriptor *Desc;
3953 if (!PlacementDest) {
3954 if (ElemT) {
3955 if (E->isArray())
3956 Desc = nullptr; // We're not going to use it in this case.
3957 else
3958 Desc = P.createDescriptor(E, *ElemT, /*SourceTy=*/nullptr,
3960 } else {
3961 Desc = P.createDescriptor(
3962 E, ElementType.getTypePtr(),
3963 E->isArray() ? std::nullopt : Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
3964 /*IsConst=*/false, /*IsTemporary=*/false, /*IsMutable=*/false,
3965 /*IsVolatile=*/false, Init);
3966 }
3967 }
3968
3969 if (E->isArray()) {
3970 std::optional<const Expr *> ArraySizeExpr = E->getArraySize();
3971 if (!ArraySizeExpr)
3972 return false;
3973
3974 const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySizeExpr;
3975 for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
3976 Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
3977 if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
3978 ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
3979 break;
3980
3981 PrimType SizeT = classifyPrim(Stripped->getType());
3982
3983 // Save evaluated array size to a variable.
3984 unsigned ArrayLen =
3985 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
3986 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
3987 return false;
3988 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3989 return false;
3990
3991 if (PlacementDest) {
3992 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
3993 return false;
3994 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
3995 return false;
3996 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatchArray(SizeT, E, E))
3997 return false;
3998 } else {
3999 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4000 return false;
4001
4002 if (ElemT) {
4003 // N primitive elements.
4004 if (!this->emitAllocN(SizeT, *ElemT, E, IsNoThrow, E))
4005 return false;
4006 } else {
4007 // N Composite elements.
4008 if (!this->emitAllocCN(SizeT, Desc, IsNoThrow, E))
4009 return false;
4010 }
4011 }
4012
4013 if (Init) {
4014 QualType InitType = Init->getType();
4015 size_t StaticInitElems = 0;
4016 const Expr *DynamicInit = nullptr;
4017 OptPrimType ElemT;
4018
4019 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
4020 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(InitType)) {
4021 StaticInitElems = CAT->getZExtSize();
4022 // Initialize the first S element from the initializer.
4023 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4024 return false;
4025
4026 if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
4027 if (ILE->hasArrayFiller())
4028 DynamicInit = ILE->getArrayFiller();
4029 else if (isa<StringLiteral>(ILE->getInit(0)))
4030 ElemT = classifyPrim(CAT->getElementType());
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 // The initializer initializes a certain number of elements, S.
4035 // However, the complete number of elements, N, might be larger than that.
4036 // In this case, we need to get an initializer for the remaining elements.
4037 // There are three cases:
4038 // 1) For the form 'new Struct[n];', the initializer is a
4039 // CXXConstructExpr and its type is an IncompleteArrayType.
4040 // 2) For the form 'new Struct[n]{1,2,3}', the initializer is an
4041 // InitListExpr and the initializer for the remaining elements
4042 // is the array filler.
4043 // 3) StringLiterals don't have an array filler, so we need to zero
4044 // the remaining elements.
4045
4046 if (DynamicInit || ElemT || InitType->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4047 const Function *CtorFunc = nullptr;
4048 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
4049 CtorFunc = getFunction(CE->getConstructor());
4050 if (!CtorFunc)
4051 return false;
4052 } else if (!DynamicInit && !ElemT)
4053 DynamicInit = Init;
4054
4055 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
4056 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
4057
4058 // In the nothrow case, the alloc above might have returned nullptr.
4059 // Don't call any constructors that case.
4060 if (IsNoThrow) {
4061 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
4062 return false;
4063 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, E))
4064 return false;
4065 if (!this->emitEQPtr(E))
4066 return false;
4067 if (!this->jumpTrue(EndLabel, E))
4068 return false;
4069 }
4070
4071 // Create loop variables.
4072 unsigned Iter =
4073 allocateLocalPrimitive(Stripped, SizeT, /*IsConst=*/false);
4074 if (!this->emitConst(StaticInitElems, SizeT, E))
4075 return false;
4076 if (!this->emitSetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4077 return false;
4078
4079 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
4080 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
4081 // Condition. Iter < ArrayLen?
4082 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4083 return false;
4084 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, ArrayLen, E))
4085 return false;
4086 if (!this->emitLT(SizeT, E))
4087 return false;
4088 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, E))
4089 return false;
4090
4091 // Pointer to the allocated array is already on the stack.
4092 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SizeT, Iter, E))
4093 return false;
4094 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(SizeT, E))
4095 return false;
4096
4097 if (isa_and_nonnull<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(DynamicInit) &&
4098 DynamicInit->getType()->isArrayType()) {
4099 QualType ElemType =
4100 DynamicInit->getType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4101 PrimType InitT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4102 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(InitT, ElemType, E))
4103 return false;
4104 if (!this->emitStorePop(InitT, E))
4105 return false;
4106 } else if (DynamicInit) {
4107 if (OptPrimType InitT = classify(DynamicInit)) {
4108 if (!this->visit(DynamicInit))
4109 return false;
4110 if (!this->emitStorePop(*InitT, E))
4111 return false;
4112 } else {
4113 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(DynamicInit))
4114 return false;
4115 }
4116 } else if (ElemT) {
4117 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(
4118 *ElemT, InitType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(),
4119 Init))
4120 return false;
4121 if (!this->emitStorePop(*ElemT, E))
4122 return false;
4123 } else {
4124 assert(CtorFunc);
4125 if (!this->emitCall(CtorFunc, 0, E))
4126 return false;
4127 }
4128
4129 // ++Iter;
4130 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Iter, E))
4131 return false;
4132 if (!this->emitIncPop(SizeT, false, E))
4133 return false;
4134
4135 if (!this->jump(StartLabel, E))
4136 return false;
4137
4138 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
4139 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
4140 }
4141 }
4142 } else { // Non-array.
4143 if (PlacementDest) {
4144 if (!this->visit(PlacementDest))
4145 return false;
4146 if (!this->emitCheckNewTypeMismatch(E, E))
4147 return false;
4148
4149 } else {
4150 // Allocate just one element.
4151 if (!this->emitAlloc(Desc, E))
4152 return false;
4153 }
4154
4155 if (Init) {
4156 if (ElemT) {
4157 if (!this->visit(Init))
4158 return false;
4159
4160 if (!this->emitInit(*ElemT, E))
4161 return false;
4162 } else {
4163 // Composite.
4164 if (!this->visitInitializer(Init))
4165 return false;
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 if (DiscardResult)
4171 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4172
4173 return true;
4174}
4175
4176template <class Emitter>
4178 if (E->containsErrors())
4179 return false;
4180 const FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
4181
4182 if (!OperatorDelete->isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation())
4183 return this->emitInvalidNewDeleteExpr(E, E);
4184
4185 // Arg must be an lvalue.
4186 if (!this->visit(E->getArgument()))
4187 return false;
4188
4189 return this->emitFree(E->isArrayForm(), E->isGlobalDelete(), E);
4190}
4191
4192template <class Emitter>
4194 if (DiscardResult)
4195 return true;
4196
4197 const Function *Func = nullptr;
4198 if (const Function *F = Ctx.getOrCreateObjCBlock(E))
4199 Func = F;
4200
4201 if (!Func)
4202 return false;
4203 return this->emitGetFnPtr(Func, E);
4204}
4205
4206template <class Emitter>
4208 const Type *TypeInfoType = E->getType().getTypePtr();
4209
4210 auto canonType = [](const Type *T) {
4211 return T->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified().getTypePtr();
4212 };
4213
4214 if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
4215 if (DiscardResult)
4216 return true;
4217
4218 if (E->isTypeOperand())
4219 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4220 canonType(E->getTypeOperand(Ctx.getASTContext()).getTypePtr()),
4221 TypeInfoType, E);
4222
4223 return this->emitGetTypeid(
4224 canonType(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr()), TypeInfoType,
4225 E);
4226 }
4227
4228 // Otherwise, we need to evaluate the expression operand.
4229 assert(E->getExprOperand());
4230 assert(E->getExprOperand()->isLValue());
4231
4232 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && !this->emitDiagTypeid(E))
4233 return false;
4234
4235 if (!this->visit(E->getExprOperand()))
4236 return false;
4237
4238 if (!this->emitGetTypeidPtr(TypeInfoType, E))
4239 return false;
4240 if (DiscardResult)
4241 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4242 return true;
4243}
4244
4245template <class Emitter>
4247 const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E) {
4249 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4250 return this->emitError(E);
4251}
4252
4253template <class Emitter>
4256 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4257 return this->emitError(E);
4258}
4259
4260template <class Emitter>
4262 assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
4263 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
4264}
4265
4266template <class Emitter>
4268 if (DiscardResult)
4269 return true;
4270 assert(!Initializing);
4271
4272 const MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl = E->getGuidDecl();
4273 const RecordDecl *RD = GuidDecl->getType()->getAsRecordDecl();
4274 assert(RD);
4275 // If the definiton of the result type is incomplete, just return a dummy.
4276 // If (and when) that is read from, we will fail, but not now.
4277 if (!RD->isCompleteDefinition())
4278 return this->emitDummyPtr(GuidDecl, E);
4279
4280 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getOrCreateGlobal(GuidDecl);
4281 if (!GlobalIndex)
4282 return false;
4283 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E))
4284 return false;
4285
4286 assert(this->getRecord(E->getType()));
4287
4288 const APValue &V = GuidDecl->getAsAPValue();
4289 if (V.getKind() == APValue::None)
4290 return true;
4291
4292 assert(V.isStruct());
4293 assert(V.getStructNumBases() == 0);
4294 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(V, E, E->getType()))
4295 return false;
4296
4297 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
4298}
4299
4300template <class Emitter>
4302 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4303 if (E->isValueDependent())
4304 return false;
4305 if (DiscardResult)
4306 return true;
4307 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4308}
4309
4310template <class Emitter>
4312 const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
4313 assert(classifyPrim(E->getType()) == PT_Bool);
4314 if (DiscardResult)
4315 return true;
4316 return this->emitConstBool(E->isSatisfied(), E);
4317}
4318
4319template <class Emitter>
4324
4325template <class Emitter>
4327
4328 for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
4329 if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
4330 if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
4331 return false;
4332
4333 if (OVE->isUnique())
4334 continue;
4335
4336 if (!this->discard(OVE))
4337 return false;
4338 } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
4339 if (!this->delegate(SemE))
4340 return false;
4341 } else {
4342 if (!this->discard(SemE))
4343 return false;
4344 }
4345 }
4346 return true;
4347}
4348
4349template <class Emitter>
4353
4354template <class Emitter>
4356 return this->emitError(E);
4357}
4358
4359template <class Emitter>
4361 assert(E->getType()->isVoidPointerType());
4362 if (DiscardResult)
4363 return true;
4364
4365 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4366}
4367
4368template <class Emitter>
4370 assert(Initializing);
4371 const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4372 QualType ElemType = VT->getElementType();
4373 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
4374 const Expr *Src = E->getSrcExpr();
4375 QualType SrcType = Src->getType();
4376 PrimType SrcElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SrcType);
4377
4378 unsigned SrcOffset =
4379 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Src, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4380 if (!this->visit(Src))
4381 return false;
4382 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4383 return false;
4384
4385 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VT->getNumElements(); ++I) {
4386 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
4387 return false;
4388 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(SrcElemT, I, E))
4389 return false;
4390
4391 // Cast to the desired result element type.
4392 if (SrcElemT != ElemT) {
4393 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcElemT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
4394 return false;
4395 } else if (ElemType->isFloatingType() && SrcType != ElemType) {
4396 const auto *TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ElemType);
4397 if (!this->emitCastFP(TargetSemantics, getRoundingMode(E), E))
4398 return false;
4399 }
4400 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4401 return false;
4402 }
4403
4404 return true;
4405}
4406
4407template <class Emitter>
4409 // FIXME: Unary shuffle with mask not currently supported.
4410 if (E->getNumSubExprs() == 2)
4411 return this->emitInvalid(E);
4412
4413 assert(E->getNumSubExprs() > 2);
4414
4415 const Expr *Vecs[] = {E->getExpr(0), E->getExpr(1)};
4416 const VectorType *VT = Vecs[0]->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
4417 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(VT->getElementType());
4418 unsigned NumInputElems = VT->getNumElements();
4419 unsigned NumOutputElems = E->getNumSubExprs() - 2;
4420 assert(NumOutputElems > 0);
4421
4422 if (!Initializing) {
4423 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4424 if (!LocalIndex)
4425 return false;
4426 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4427 return false;
4428 }
4429
4430 // Save both input vectors to a local variable.
4431 unsigned VectorOffsets[2];
4432 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
4433 VectorOffsets[I] =
4434 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Vecs[I], PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4435 if (!this->visit(Vecs[I]))
4436 return false;
4437 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, VectorOffsets[I], E))
4438 return false;
4439 }
4440 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumOutputElems; ++I) {
4441 APSInt ShuffleIndex = E->getShuffleMaskIdx(I);
4442 assert(ShuffleIndex >= -1);
4443 if (ShuffleIndex == -1)
4444 return this->emitInvalidShuffleVectorIndex(I, E);
4445
4446 assert(ShuffleIndex < (NumInputElems * 2));
4447 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr,
4448 VectorOffsets[ShuffleIndex >= NumInputElems], E))
4449 return false;
4450 unsigned InputVectorIndex = ShuffleIndex.getZExtValue() % NumInputElems;
4451 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, InputVectorIndex, E))
4452 return false;
4453
4454 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
4455 return false;
4456 }
4457
4458 if (DiscardResult)
4459 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
4460
4461 return true;
4462}
4463
4464template <class Emitter>
4466 const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
4467 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
4468 assert(
4469 Base->getType()->isVectorType() ||
4470 Base->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVectorType());
4471
4473 E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
4474
4475 if (Indices.size() == 1) {
4476 if (!this->visit(Base))
4477 return false;
4478
4479 if (E->isGLValue()) {
4480 if (!this->emitConstUint32(Indices[0], E))
4481 return false;
4482 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint32, E);
4483 }
4484 // Else, also load the value.
4485 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), Indices[0], E);
4486 }
4487
4488 // Create a local variable for the base.
4489 unsigned BaseOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(Base, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
4490 if (!this->visit(Base))
4491 return false;
4492 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4493 return false;
4494
4495 // Now the vector variable for the return value.
4496 if (!Initializing) {
4497 UnsignedOrNone ResultIndex = allocateLocal(E);
4498 if (!ResultIndex)
4499 return false;
4500 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*ResultIndex, E))
4501 return false;
4502 }
4503
4504 assert(Indices.size() == E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
4505
4506 PrimType ElemT =
4508 uint32_t DstIndex = 0;
4509 for (uint32_t I : Indices) {
4510 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, BaseOffset, E))
4511 return false;
4512 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
4513 return false;
4514 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, DstIndex, E))
4515 return false;
4516 ++DstIndex;
4517 }
4518
4519 // Leave the result pointer on the stack.
4520 assert(!DiscardResult);
4521 return true;
4522}
4523
4524template <class Emitter>
4526 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4528 return this->discard(SubExpr) && this->emitInvalid(E);
4529
4530 if (DiscardResult)
4531 return true;
4532
4533 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
4534 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
4535}
4536
4537template <class Emitter>
4539 const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
4540 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
4542 Ctx.getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
4543 const Record *R = getRecord(E->getType());
4544 assert(Initializing);
4545 assert(SubExpr->isGLValue());
4546
4547 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
4548 return false;
4549 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, E))
4550 return false;
4551 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E))
4552 return false;
4553 if (!this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4554 return false;
4555
4556 PrimType SecondFieldT = classifyPrim(R->getField(1u)->Decl->getType());
4557 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(SecondFieldT)) {
4558 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), SecondFieldT, E))
4559 return false;
4560 return this->emitInitField(SecondFieldT, R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4561 }
4562 assert(SecondFieldT == PT_Ptr);
4563
4564 if (!this->emitGetFieldPtr(R->getField(0u)->Offset, E))
4565 return false;
4566 if (!this->emitExpandPtr(E))
4567 return false;
4568 if (!this->emitConst(ArrayType->getSize(), PT_Uint64, E))
4569 return false;
4570 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
4571 return false;
4572 return this->emitInitFieldPtr(R->getField(1u)->Offset, E);
4573}
4574
4575template <class Emitter>
4577 LocalScope<Emitter> BS(this);
4578 StmtExprScope<Emitter> SS(this);
4579
4580 const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
4581 const Stmt *Result = CS->body_back();
4582 for (const Stmt *S : CS->body()) {
4583 if (S != Result) {
4584 if (!this->visitStmt(S))
4585 return false;
4586 continue;
4587 }
4588
4589 assert(S == Result);
4590 if (const Expr *ResultExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
4591 return this->delegate(ResultExpr);
4592 return this->emitUnsupported(E);
4593 }
4594
4595 return BS.destroyLocals();
4596}
4597
4598template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::discard(const Expr *E) {
4599 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/true,
4600 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4601 return this->Visit(E);
4602}
4603
4604template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::delegate(const Expr *E) {
4605 // We're basically doing:
4606 // OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, DicardResult, Initializing, ToLValue);
4607 // but that's unnecessary of course.
4608 return this->Visit(E);
4609}
4610
4612 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4613 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4614
4615 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4616 CE &&
4617 (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase || CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4618 return stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4619
4620 return E;
4621}
4622
4623static const Expr *stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E) {
4624 if (const auto *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
4625 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(PE->getSubExpr());
4626
4627 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E);
4628 CE && (CE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
4629 CE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase ||
4630 CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
4631 return stripDerivedToBaseCasts(CE->getSubExpr());
4632
4633 return E;
4634}
4635
4636template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visit(const Expr *E) {
4637 if (E->getType().isNull())
4638 return false;
4639
4640 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
4641 return this->discard(E);
4642
4643 // Create local variable to hold the return value.
4644 if (!E->isGLValue() && !canClassify(E->getType())) {
4645 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(
4647 if (!LocalIndex)
4648 return false;
4649
4650 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
4651 return false;
4652 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalIndex));
4653 return this->visitInitializer(E);
4654 }
4655
4656 // Otherwise,we have a primitive return value, produce the value directly
4657 // and push it on the stack.
4658 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4659 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4660 return this->Visit(E);
4661}
4662
4663template <class Emitter>
4665 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4666
4667 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4668 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4669 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInit(E);
4670}
4671
4672template <class Emitter>
4674 assert(!canClassify(E->getType()));
4675
4676 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4677 /*NewInitializing=*/true, /*ToLValue=*/false);
4678 return this->Visit(E) && this->emitFinishInitPop(E);
4679}
4680
4681template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAsLValue(const Expr *E) {
4682 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4683 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/true);
4684 return this->Visit(E);
4685}
4686
4687template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitBool(const Expr *E) {
4688 OptionScope<Emitter> Scope(this, /*NewDiscardResult=*/false,
4689 /*NewInitializing=*/false, /*ToLValue=*/ToLValue);
4690
4691 OptPrimType T = classify(E->getType());
4692 if (!T) {
4693 // Convert complex values to bool.
4694 if (E->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
4695 if (!this->visit(E))
4696 return false;
4697 return this->emitComplexBoolCast(E);
4698 }
4699 return false;
4700 }
4701
4702 if (!this->visit(E))
4703 return false;
4704
4705 if (T == PT_Bool)
4706 return true;
4707
4708 // Convert pointers to bool.
4709 if (T == PT_Ptr)
4710 return this->emitIsNonNullPtr(E);
4711
4712 // Or Floats.
4713 if (T == PT_Float)
4714 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralBool(getFPOptions(E), E);
4715
4716 // Or anything else we can.
4717 return this->emitCast(*T, PT_Bool, E);
4718}
4719
4720template <class Emitter>
4721bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroInitializer(PrimType T, QualType QT,
4722 const Expr *E) {
4723 if (const auto *AT = QT->getAs<AtomicType>())
4724 QT = AT->getValueType();
4725
4726 switch (T) {
4727 case PT_Bool:
4728 return this->emitZeroBool(E);
4729 case PT_Sint8:
4730 return this->emitZeroSint8(E);
4731 case PT_Uint8:
4732 return this->emitZeroUint8(E);
4733 case PT_Sint16:
4734 return this->emitZeroSint16(E);
4735 case PT_Uint16:
4736 return this->emitZeroUint16(E);
4737 case PT_Sint32:
4738 return this->emitZeroSint32(E);
4739 case PT_Uint32:
4740 return this->emitZeroUint32(E);
4741 case PT_Sint64:
4742 return this->emitZeroSint64(E);
4743 case PT_Uint64:
4744 return this->emitZeroUint64(E);
4745 case PT_IntAP:
4746 return this->emitZeroIntAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4747 case PT_IntAPS:
4748 return this->emitZeroIntAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(QT), E);
4749 case PT_Ptr:
4750 return this->emitNullPtr(Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(QT),
4751 nullptr, E);
4752 case PT_MemberPtr:
4753 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
4754 case PT_Float: {
4755 APFloat F = APFloat::getZero(Ctx.getFloatSemantics(QT));
4756 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
4757 }
4758 case PT_FixedPoint: {
4759 auto Sem = Ctx.getASTContext().getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
4760 return this->emitConstFixedPoint(FixedPoint::zero(Sem), E);
4761 }
4762 }
4763 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4764}
4765
4766template <class Emitter>
4767bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroRecordInitializer(const Record *R,
4768 const Expr *E) {
4769 assert(E);
4770 assert(R);
4771 // Fields
4772 for (const Record::Field &Field : R->fields()) {
4773 if (Field.isUnnamedBitField())
4774 continue;
4775
4776 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
4777 if (D->isPrimitive()) {
4778 QualType QT = D->getType();
4779 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4780 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, QT, E))
4781 return false;
4782 if (R->isUnion()) {
4783 if (!this->emitInitFieldActivate(T, Field.Offset, E))
4784 return false;
4785 break;
4786 }
4787 if (!this->emitInitField(T, Field.Offset, E))
4788 return false;
4789 continue;
4790 }
4791
4792 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, E))
4793 return false;
4794
4795 if (D->isPrimitiveArray()) {
4796 QualType ET = D->getElemQualType();
4797 PrimType T = D->getPrimType();
4798 for (uint32_t I = 0, N = D->getNumElems(); I != N; ++I) {
4799 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(T, ET, E))
4800 return false;
4801 if (!this->emitInitElem(T, I, E))
4802 return false;
4803 }
4804 } else if (D->isCompositeArray()) {
4805 // Can't be a vector or complex field.
4806 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(D->getType(), E))
4807 return false;
4808 } else if (D->isRecord()) {
4809 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(D->ElemRecord, E))
4810 return false;
4811 } else
4812 return false;
4813
4814 // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
4815 // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
4816 if (R->isUnion()) {
4817 if (!this->emitFinishInitActivatePop(E))
4818 return false;
4819 break;
4820 }
4821 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4822 return false;
4823 }
4824
4825 for (const Record::Base &B : R->bases()) {
4826 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B.Offset, E))
4827 return false;
4828 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(B.R, E))
4829 return false;
4830 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
4831 return false;
4832 }
4833
4834 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
4835
4836 return true;
4837}
4838
4839template <class Emitter>
4840bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitZeroArrayInitializer(QualType T, const Expr *E) {
4841 assert(T->isArrayType() || T->isAnyComplexType() || T->isVectorType());
4842 const ArrayType *AT = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
4843 QualType ElemType = AT->getElementType();
4844 size_t NumElems = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)->getZExtSize();
4845
4846 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
4847 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4848 if (!this->visitZeroInitializer(*ElemT, ElemType, E))
4849 return false;
4850 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
4851 return false;
4852 }
4853 return true;
4854 }
4855 if (ElemType->isRecordType()) {
4856 const Record *R = getRecord(ElemType);
4857 if (!R)
4858 return false;
4859
4860 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4861 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4862 return false;
4863 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4864 return false;
4865 if (!this->visitZeroRecordInitializer(R, E))
4866 return false;
4867 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4868 return false;
4869 }
4870 return true;
4871 }
4872 if (ElemType->isArrayType()) {
4873 for (size_t I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
4874 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
4875 return false;
4876 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtr(PT_Uint32, E))
4877 return false;
4878 if (!this->visitZeroArrayInitializer(ElemType, E))
4879 return false;
4880 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
4881 return false;
4882 }
4883 return true;
4884 }
4885
4886 return false;
4887}
4888
4889template <class Emitter>
4890bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitAssignment(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
4891 const Expr *E) {
4892 if (!canClassify(E->getType()))
4893 return false;
4894
4895 if (!this->visit(RHS))
4896 return false;
4897 if (!this->visit(LHS))
4898 return false;
4899
4900 if (LHS->getType().isVolatileQualified())
4901 return this->emitInvalidStore(LHS->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
4902
4903 // We don't support assignments in C.
4904 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !this->emitInvalid(E))
4905 return false;
4906
4907 PrimType RHT = classifyPrim(RHS);
4908 bool Activates = refersToUnion(LHS);
4909 bool BitField = LHS->refersToBitField();
4910
4911 if (!this->emitFlip(PT_Ptr, RHT, E))
4912 return false;
4913
4914 if (DiscardResult) {
4915 if (BitField && Activates)
4916 return this->emitStoreBitFieldActivatePop(RHT, E);
4917 if (BitField)
4918 return this->emitStoreBitFieldPop(RHT, E);
4919 if (Activates)
4920 return this->emitStoreActivatePop(RHT, E);
4921 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4922 return this->emitStorePop(RHT, E);
4923 }
4924
4925 auto maybeLoad = [&](bool Result) -> bool {
4926 if (!Result)
4927 return false;
4928 // Assignments aren't necessarily lvalues in C.
4929 // Load from them in that case.
4930 if (!E->isLValue())
4931 return this->emitLoadPop(RHT, E);
4932 return true;
4933 };
4934
4935 if (BitField && Activates)
4936 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitFieldActivate(RHT, E));
4937 if (BitField)
4938 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreBitField(RHT, E));
4939 if (Activates)
4940 return maybeLoad(this->emitStoreActivate(RHT, E));
4941 // Otherwise, regular non-activating store.
4942 return maybeLoad(this->emitStore(RHT, E));
4943}
4944
4945template <class Emitter>
4946template <typename T>
4947bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, PrimType Ty, const Expr *E) {
4948 switch (Ty) {
4949 case PT_Sint8:
4950 return this->emitConstSint8(Value, E);
4951 case PT_Uint8:
4952 return this->emitConstUint8(Value, E);
4953 case PT_Sint16:
4954 return this->emitConstSint16(Value, E);
4955 case PT_Uint16:
4956 return this->emitConstUint16(Value, E);
4957 case PT_Sint32:
4958 return this->emitConstSint32(Value, E);
4959 case PT_Uint32:
4960 return this->emitConstUint32(Value, E);
4961 case PT_Sint64:
4962 return this->emitConstSint64(Value, E);
4963 case PT_Uint64:
4964 return this->emitConstUint64(Value, E);
4965 case PT_Bool:
4966 return this->emitConstBool(Value, E);
4967 case PT_Ptr:
4968 case PT_MemberPtr:
4969 case PT_Float:
4970 case PT_IntAP:
4971 case PT_IntAPS:
4972 case PT_FixedPoint:
4973 llvm_unreachable("Invalid integral type");
4974 break;
4975 }
4976 llvm_unreachable("unknown primitive type");
4977}
4978
4979template <class Emitter>
4980template <typename T>
4981bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(T Value, const Expr *E) {
4982 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
4983}
4984
4985template <class Emitter>
4986bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
4987 const Expr *E) {
4988 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
4989 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
4990 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
4991 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
4992
4993 if (Value.isSigned())
4994 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
4995 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
4996}
4997
4998template <class Emitter>
4999bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APInt &Value, PrimType Ty,
5000 const Expr *E) {
5001 if (Ty == PT_IntAPS)
5002 return this->emitConstIntAPS(Value, E);
5003 if (Ty == PT_IntAP)
5004 return this->emitConstIntAP(Value, E);
5005
5006 if (isSignedType(Ty))
5007 return this->emitConst(Value.getSExtValue(), Ty, E);
5008 return this->emitConst(Value.getZExtValue(), Ty, E);
5009}
5010
5011template <class Emitter>
5012bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitConst(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E) {
5013 return this->emitConst(Value, classifyPrim(E->getType()), E);
5014}
5015
5016template <class Emitter>
5018 bool IsConst,
5019 bool IsVolatile,
5020 ScopeKind SC) {
5021 // FIXME: There are cases where Src.is<Expr*>() is wrong, e.g.
5022 // (int){12} in C. Consider using Expr::isTemporaryObject() instead
5023 // or isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>().
5024 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(Src, Ty, nullptr, Descriptor::InlineDescMD,
5025 IsConst, isa<const Expr *>(Src),
5026 /*IsMutable=*/false, IsVolatile);
5028 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5029 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>()))
5030 Locals.insert({VD, Local});
5031 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5032 return Local.Offset;
5033}
5034
5035template <class Emitter>
5037 ScopeKind SC) {
5038 const ValueDecl *Key = nullptr;
5039 const Expr *Init = nullptr;
5040 bool IsTemporary = false;
5041 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_if_present<ValueDecl>(Src.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())) {
5042 Key = VD;
5043
5044 if (const auto *VarD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
5045 Init = VarD->getInit();
5046 }
5047 if (auto *E = Src.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
5048 IsTemporary = true;
5049 if (Ty.isNull())
5050 Ty = E->getType();
5051 }
5052
5053 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5055 IsTemporary, /*IsMutable=*/false, /*IsVolatile=*/Ty.isVolatileQualified(),
5056 Init);
5057 if (!D)
5058 return std::nullopt;
5060
5061 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5062 if (Key)
5063 Locals.insert({Key, Local});
5064 VarScope->addForScopeKind(Local, SC);
5065 return Local.Offset;
5066}
5067
5068template <class Emitter>
5070 QualType Ty = E->getType();
5071 assert(!Ty->isRecordType());
5072
5073 Descriptor *D = P.createDescriptor(
5075 /*IsTemporary=*/true);
5076
5077 if (!D)
5078 return std::nullopt;
5079
5080 Scope::Local Local = this->createLocal(D);
5082 assert(S);
5083 // Attach to topmost scope.
5084 while (S->getParent())
5085 S = S->getParent();
5086 assert(S && !S->getParent());
5087 S->addLocal(Local);
5088 return Local.Offset;
5089}
5090
5091template <class Emitter>
5093 if (const PointerType *PT = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
5094 return PT->getPointeeType()->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5095 return Ty->getAsCanonical<RecordType>();
5096}
5097
5098template <class Emitter> Record *Compiler<Emitter>::getRecord(QualType Ty) {
5099 if (const auto *RecordTy = getRecordTy(Ty))
5100 return getRecord(RecordTy->getDecl()->getDefinitionOrSelf());
5101 return nullptr;
5102}
5103
5104template <class Emitter>
5106 return P.getOrCreateRecord(RD);
5107}
5108
5109template <class Emitter>
5111 return Ctx.getOrCreateFunction(FD);
5112}
5113
5114template <class Emitter>
5115bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) {
5117
5118 auto maybeDestroyLocals = [&]() -> bool {
5119 if (DestroyToplevelScope)
5120 return RootScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5121 return this->emitCheckAllocations(E);
5122 };
5123
5124 // Void expressions.
5125 if (E->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5126 if (!visit(E))
5127 return false;
5128 return this->emitRetVoid(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5129 }
5130
5131 // Expressions with a primitive return type.
5132 if (OptPrimType T = classify(E)) {
5133 if (!visit(E))
5134 return false;
5135
5136 return this->emitRet(*T, E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5137 }
5138
5139 // Expressions with a composite return type.
5140 // For us, that means everything we don't
5141 // have a PrimType for.
5142 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalOffset = this->allocateLocal(E)) {
5143 InitLinkScope<Emitter> ILS(this, InitLink::Temp(*LocalOffset));
5144 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalOffset, E))
5145 return false;
5146
5147 if (!visitInitializer(E))
5148 return false;
5149 // We are destroying the locals AFTER the Ret op.
5150 // The Ret op needs to copy the (alive) values, but the
5151 // destructors may still turn the entire expression invalid.
5152 return this->emitRetValue(E) && maybeDestroyLocals();
5153 }
5154
5155 return maybeDestroyLocals() && false;
5156}
5157
5158template <class Emitter>
5160
5161 auto R = this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit(), /*Toplevel=*/true);
5162
5163 if (R.notCreated())
5164 return R;
5165
5166 if (R)
5167 return true;
5168
5169 if (!R && Context::shouldBeGloballyIndexed(VD)) {
5170 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD)) {
5171 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5172 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5173
5175 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5176 }
5177 }
5178
5179 return R;
5180}
5181
5182/// Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
5183/// We get here from evaluateAsInitializer().
5184/// We need to evaluate the initializer and return its value.
5185template <class Emitter>
5187 bool ConstantContext) {
5188 // We only create variables if we're evaluating in a constant context.
5189 // Otherwise, just evaluate the initializer and return it.
5190 if (!ConstantContext) {
5191 DeclScope<Emitter> LS(this, VD);
5192 if (!this->visit(Init))
5193 return false;
5194 return this->emitRet(classify(Init).value_or(PT_Ptr), VD) &&
5195 LS.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5196 }
5197
5198 LocalScope<Emitter> VDScope(this);
5199 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, Init, /*Toplevel=*/true))
5200 return false;
5201
5202 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5204 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5205 assert(GlobalIndex); // visitVarDecl() didn't return false.
5206 if (VarT) {
5207 if (!this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD))
5208 return false;
5209 } else {
5210 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, VD))
5211 return false;
5212 }
5213 } else {
5214 auto Local = Locals.find(VD);
5215 assert(Local != Locals.end()); // Same here.
5216 if (VarT) {
5217 if (!this->emitGetLocal(*VarT, Local->second.Offset, VD))
5218 return false;
5219 } else {
5220 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(Local->second.Offset, VD))
5221 return false;
5222 }
5223 }
5224
5225 // Return the value.
5226 if (!this->emitRet(VarT.value_or(PT_Ptr), VD)) {
5227 // If the Ret above failed and this is a global variable, mark it as
5228 // uninitialized, even everything else succeeded.
5230 auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5231 assert(GlobalIndex);
5232 Block *GlobalBlock = P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex);
5233 auto &GD = GlobalBlock->getBlockDesc<GlobalInlineDescriptor>();
5234
5236 GlobalBlock->invokeDtor();
5237 }
5238 return false;
5239 }
5240
5241 return VDScope.destroyLocals() && this->emitCheckAllocations(VD);
5242}
5243
5244template <class Emitter>
5246 const Expr *Init,
5247 bool Toplevel) {
5248 QualType VarTy = VD->getType();
5249 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
5250 if (VarTy.isNull())
5251 return false;
5252
5253 // This case is EvalEmitter-only. If we won't create any instructions for the
5254 // initializer anyway, don't bother creating the variable in the first place.
5255 if (!this->isActive())
5257
5258 OptPrimType VarT = classify(VD->getType());
5259
5260 if (Init && Init->isValueDependent())
5261 return false;
5262
5264 auto checkDecl = [&]() -> bool {
5265 bool NeedsOp = !Toplevel && VD->isLocalVarDecl() && VD->isStaticLocal();
5266 return !NeedsOp || this->emitCheckDecl(VD, VD);
5267 };
5268
5270 UnsignedOrNone GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(VD);
5271 if (GlobalIndex) {
5272 // The global was previously created but the initializer failed.
5273 if (!P.getGlobal(*GlobalIndex)->isInitialized())
5274 return false;
5275 // We've already seen and initialized this global.
5276 if (P.isGlobalInitialized(*GlobalIndex))
5277 return checkDecl();
5278 // The previous attempt at initialization might've been unsuccessful,
5279 // so let's try this one.
5280 } else if ((GlobalIndex = P.createGlobal(VD, Init))) {
5281 } else {
5282 return false;
5283 }
5284 if (!Init)
5285 return true;
5286
5287 if (!checkDecl())
5288 return false;
5289
5290 if (VarT) {
5291 if (!this->visit(Init))
5292 return false;
5293
5294 return this->emitInitGlobal(*VarT, *GlobalIndex, VD);
5295 }
5296
5297 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, Init))
5298 return false;
5299
5300 if (!visitInitializer(Init))
5301 return false;
5302
5303 return this->emitFinishInitGlobal(Init);
5304 }
5305 // Local variables.
5307
5308 if (VarT) {
5309 unsigned Offset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(
5310 VD, *VarT, VarTy.isConstQualified(), VarTy.isVolatileQualified(),
5312
5313 if (!Init || Init->getType()->isVoidType())
5314 return true;
5315
5316 // If this is a toplevel declaration, create a scope for the
5317 // initializer.
5318 if (Toplevel) {
5320 if (!this->visit(Init))
5321 return false;
5322 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD) && Scope.destroyLocals();
5323 }
5324 if (!this->visit(Init))
5325 return false;
5326
5327 if (VarTy->isReferenceType()) {
5328 // [C++26][decl.ref]
5329 // The object designated by such a glvalue can be outside its lifetime
5330 // Because a null pointer value or a pointer past the end of an object
5331 // does not point to an object, a reference in a well-defined program
5332 // cannot refer to such things;
5333 assert(classifyPrim(VarTy) == PT_Ptr);
5334 if (!this->emitCheckRefInit(Init))
5335 return false;
5336 }
5337
5338 return this->emitSetLocal(*VarT, Offset, VD);
5339 }
5340 // Local composite variables.
5341 if (UnsignedOrNone Offset =
5342 this->allocateLocal(VD, VarTy, ScopeKind::Block)) {
5343 if (!Init)
5344 return true;
5345
5346 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*Offset, Init))
5347 return false;
5348
5349 return visitInitializerPop(Init);
5350 }
5351 return false;
5352}
5353
5354template <class Emitter>
5356 const Expr *E) {
5357 assert(!DiscardResult);
5358 if (Val.isInt())
5359 return this->emitConst(Val.getInt(), ValType, E);
5360 if (Val.isFloat()) {
5361 APFloat F = Val.getFloat();
5362 return this->emitFloat(F, E);
5363 }
5364
5365 if (Val.isMemberPointer()) {
5366 if (const ValueDecl *MemberDecl = Val.getMemberPointerDecl()) {
5367 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtr(MemberDecl, E))
5368 return false;
5369
5370 bool IsDerived = Val.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember();
5371 // Apply the member pointer path.
5372 for (const CXXRecordDecl *PathEntry : Val.getMemberPointerPath()) {
5373 if (!this->emitCopyMemberPtrPath(PathEntry, IsDerived, E))
5374 return false;
5375 }
5376
5377 return true;
5378 }
5379 return this->emitNullMemberPtr(0, nullptr, E);
5380 }
5381
5382 if (Val.isLValue()) {
5383 if (Val.isNullPointer())
5384 return this->emitNull(ValType, 0, nullptr, E);
5385
5388
5389 if (const Expr *BaseExpr = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
5390 return this->visit(BaseExpr);
5391 if (const auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
5392 if (!this->visitDeclRef(VD, E))
5393 return false;
5394
5395 QualType EntryType = VD->getType();
5396 for (auto &Entry : Path) {
5397 if (EntryType->isArrayType()) {
5398 uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
5399 QualType ElemType =
5400 EntryType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5401 if (!this->emitConst(Index, PT_Uint64, E))
5402 return false;
5403 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPop(PT_Uint64, E))
5404 return false;
5405 EntryType = ElemType;
5406 } else {
5407 assert(EntryType->isRecordType());
5408 const Record *EntryRecord = getRecord(EntryType);
5409 if (!EntryRecord) {
5410 assert(false);
5411
5412 return false;
5413 }
5414
5415 const Decl *BaseOrMember = Entry.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
5416 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(BaseOrMember)) {
5417 unsigned EntryOffset = EntryRecord->getField(FD)->Offset;
5418 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(EntryOffset, E))
5419 return false;
5420 EntryType = FD->getType();
5421 } else {
5422 const auto *Base = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseOrMember);
5423 unsigned BaseOffset = EntryRecord->getBase(Base)->Offset;
5424 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(BaseOffset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
5425 return false;
5426 EntryType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(Base);
5427 }
5428 }
5429 }
5430
5431 return true;
5432 }
5433 }
5434
5435 return false;
5436}
5437
5438template <class Emitter>
5440 const Expr *E, QualType T) {
5441 if (Val.isStruct()) {
5442 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5443 assert(R);
5444 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumFields(); I != N; ++I) {
5445 const APValue &F = Val.getStructField(I);
5446 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(I);
5447 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5448
5449 // Fields.
5450 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5451 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5452 return false;
5453 if (!this->emitInitField(*PT, RF->Offset, E))
5454 return false;
5455 } else {
5456 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5457 return false;
5458 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5459 return false;
5460 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5461 return false;
5462 }
5463 }
5464
5465 // Bases.
5466 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Val.getStructNumBases(); I != N; ++I) {
5467 const APValue &B = Val.getStructBase(I);
5468 const Record::Base *RB = R->getBase(I);
5469 QualType BaseType = Ctx.getASTContext().getCanonicalTagType(RB->Decl);
5470
5471 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(RB->Offset, E))
5472 return false;
5473 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(B, E, BaseType))
5474 return false;
5475 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
5476 return false;
5477 }
5478
5479 return true;
5480 }
5481 if (Val.isUnion()) {
5482 const FieldDecl *UnionField = Val.getUnionField();
5483 if (!UnionField)
5484 return true;
5485 const Record *R = this->getRecord(T);
5486 assert(R);
5487 const APValue &F = Val.getUnionValue();
5488 const Record::Field *RF = R->getField(UnionField);
5489 QualType FieldType = RF->Decl->getType();
5490
5491 if (OptPrimType PT = classify(FieldType)) {
5492 if (!this->visitAPValue(F, *PT, E))
5493 return false;
5494 if (RF->isBitField())
5495 return this->emitInitBitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, RF->bitWidth(),
5496 E);
5497 return this->emitInitFieldActivate(*PT, RF->Offset, E);
5498 }
5499
5500 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(RF->Offset, E))
5501 return false;
5502 if (!this->emitActivate(E))
5503 return false;
5504 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(F, E, FieldType))
5505 return false;
5506 return this->emitPopPtr(E);
5507 }
5508 if (Val.isArray()) {
5509 const auto *ArrType = T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
5510 QualType ElemType = ArrType->getElementType();
5511 for (unsigned A = 0, AN = Val.getArraySize(); A != AN; ++A) {
5512 const APValue &Elem = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(A);
5513 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ElemType)) {
5514 if (!this->visitAPValue(Elem, *ElemT, E))
5515 return false;
5516 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, A, E))
5517 return false;
5518 } else {
5519 if (!this->emitConstUint32(A, E))
5520 return false;
5521 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
5522 return false;
5523 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(Elem, E, ElemType))
5524 return false;
5525 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
5526 return false;
5527 }
5528 }
5529 return true;
5530 }
5531 // TODO: Other types.
5532
5533 return false;
5534}
5535
5536template <class Emitter>
5538 unsigned BuiltinID) {
5539 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p) {
5540 // Void argument is always invalid and harder to handle later.
5541 if (E->getArg(0)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5542 if (DiscardResult)
5543 return true;
5544 return this->emitConst(0, E);
5545 }
5546
5547 if (!this->emitStartSpeculation(E))
5548 return false;
5549 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
5550 if (!this->speculate(E, EndLabel))
5551 return false;
5552 if (!this->emitEndSpeculation(E))
5553 return false;
5554 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
5555 if (DiscardResult)
5556 return this->emitPop(classifyPrim(E), E);
5557 return true;
5558 }
5559
5560 // For these, we're expected to ultimately return an APValue pointing
5561 // to the CallExpr. This is needed to get the correct codegen.
5562 if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
5563 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString ||
5564 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant ||
5565 BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start) {
5566 if (DiscardResult)
5567 return true;
5568 return this->emitDummyPtr(E, E);
5569 }
5570
5572 OptPrimType ReturnT = classify(E);
5573
5574 // Non-primitive return type. Prepare storage.
5575 if (!Initializing && !ReturnT && !ReturnType->isVoidType()) {
5576 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
5577 if (!LocalIndex)
5578 return false;
5579 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5580 return false;
5581 }
5582
5583 // Prepare function arguments including special cases.
5584 switch (BuiltinID) {
5585 case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
5586 case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size: {
5587 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5588 const Expr *Arg0 = E->getArg(0);
5589 if (Arg0->isGLValue()) {
5590 if (!this->visit(Arg0))
5591 return false;
5592
5593 } else {
5594 if (!this->visitAsLValue(Arg0))
5595 return false;
5596 }
5597 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(1)))
5598 return false;
5599
5600 } break;
5601 case Builtin::BI__assume:
5602 case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
5603 // Argument is not evaluated.
5604 break;
5605 case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
5606 case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free: {
5607 assert(E->getNumArgs() == 2);
5608 if (!this->visit(E->getArg(0)))
5609 return false;
5610 if (!this->visitAsLValue(E->getArg(1)))
5611 return false;
5612 } break;
5613
5614 default:
5615 if (!Context::isUnevaluatedBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
5616 // Put arguments on the stack.
5617 for (const auto *Arg : E->arguments()) {
5618 if (!this->visit(Arg))
5619 return false;
5620 }
5621 }
5622 }
5623
5624 if (!this->emitCallBI(E, BuiltinID, E))
5625 return false;
5626
5627 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType())
5628 return this->emitPop(ReturnT.value_or(PT_Ptr), E);
5629
5630 return true;
5631}
5632
5633template <class Emitter>
5635 if (E->containsErrors())
5636 return false;
5637 const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl = E->getDirectCallee();
5638
5639 if (FuncDecl) {
5640 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FuncDecl->getBuiltinID())
5641 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinID);
5642
5643 // Calls to replaceable operator new/operator delete.
5645 if (FuncDecl->getDeclName().isAnyOperatorNew())
5646 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new);
5647 assert(FuncDecl->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete);
5648 return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete);
5649 }
5650
5651 // Explicit calls to trivial destructors
5652 if (const auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FuncDecl);
5653 DD && DD->isTrivial()) {
5654 const auto *MemberCall = cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E);
5655 if (!this->visit(MemberCall->getImplicitObjectArgument()))
5656 return false;
5657 return this->emitCheckDestruction(E) && this->emitEndLifetime(E) &&
5658 this->emitPopPtr(E);
5659 }
5660 }
5661
5662 LocalScope<Emitter> CallScope(this, ScopeKind::Call);
5663
5664 QualType ReturnType = E->getCallReturnType(Ctx.getASTContext());
5666 bool HasRVO = !ReturnType->isVoidType() && !T;
5667
5668 if (HasRVO) {
5669 if (DiscardResult) {
5670 // If we need to discard the return value but the function returns its
5671 // value via an RVO pointer, we need to create one such pointer just
5672 // for this call.
5673 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5674 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5675 return false;
5676 }
5677 } else {
5678 // We need the result. Prepare a pointer to return or
5679 // dup the current one.
5680 if (!Initializing) {
5681 if (UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E)) {
5682 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
5683 return false;
5684 }
5685 }
5686 if (!this->emitDupPtr(E))
5687 return false;
5688 }
5689 }
5690
5692
5693 bool IsAssignmentOperatorCall = false;
5694 bool ActivateLHS = false;
5695 if (const auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5696 OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
5697 // Just like with regular assignments, we need to special-case assignment
5698 // operators here and evaluate the RHS (the second arg) before the LHS (the
5699 // first arg). We fix this by using a Flip op later.
5700 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5701 const CXXRecordDecl *LHSRecord = Args[0]->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5702 ActivateLHS = LHSRecord && LHSRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
5703 IsAssignmentOperatorCall = true;
5704 std::reverse(Args.begin(), Args.end());
5705 }
5706 // Calling a static operator will still
5707 // pass the instance, but we don't need it.
5708 // Discard it here.
5709 if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
5710 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_if_present<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl);
5711 MD && MD->isStatic()) {
5712 if (!this->discard(E->getArg(0)))
5713 return false;
5714 // Drop first arg.
5715 Args.erase(Args.begin());
5716 }
5717 }
5718
5719 bool Devirtualized = false;
5720 UnsignedOrNone CalleeOffset = std::nullopt;
5721 // Add the (optional, implicit) This pointer.
5722 if (const auto *MC = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) {
5723 if (!FuncDecl && classifyPrim(E->getCallee()) == PT_MemberPtr) {
5724 // If we end up creating a CallPtr op for this, we need the base of the
5725 // member pointer as the instance pointer, and later extract the function
5726 // decl as the function pointer.
5727 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5728 CalleeOffset =
5729 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_MemberPtr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5730 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5731 return false;
5732 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5733 return false;
5734 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5735 return false;
5736 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrBase(E))
5737 return false;
5738 } else {
5739 const auto *InstancePtr = MC->getImplicitObjectArgument();
5740 if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXDestructorDecl>(CompilingFunction) ||
5741 isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction)) {
5742 const auto *Stripped = stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(InstancePtr);
5743 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(Stripped)) {
5744 FuncDecl =
5745 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl)->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(
5746 Stripped->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
5747 Devirtualized = true;
5748 if (!this->visit(Stripped))
5749 return false;
5750 } else {
5751 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5752 return false;
5753 }
5754 } else {
5755 if (!this->visit(InstancePtr))
5756 return false;
5757 }
5758 }
5759 } else if (const auto *PD =
5760 dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E->getCallee())) {
5761 if (!this->emitCheckPseudoDtor(E))
5762 return false;
5763 const Expr *Base = PD->getBase();
5764 // E.g. `using T = int; 0.~T();`.
5765 if (OptPrimType BaseT = classify(Base); !BaseT || BaseT != PT_Ptr)
5766 return this->discard(Base);
5767 if (!this->visit(Base))
5768 return false;
5769 return this->emitEndLifetimePop(E);
5770 } else if (!FuncDecl) {
5771 const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
5772 CalleeOffset =
5773 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Callee, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
5774 if (!this->visit(Callee))
5775 return false;
5776 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5777 return false;
5778 }
5779
5780 if (!this->visitCallArgs(Args, FuncDecl, ActivateLHS,
5782 return false;
5783
5784 // Undo the argument reversal we did earlier.
5785 if (IsAssignmentOperatorCall) {
5786 assert(Args.size() == 2);
5787 PrimType Arg1T = classify(Args[0]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5788 PrimType Arg2T = classify(Args[1]).value_or(PT_Ptr);
5789 if (!this->emitFlip(Arg2T, Arg1T, E))
5790 return false;
5791 }
5792
5793 if (FuncDecl) {
5794 const Function *Func = getFunction(FuncDecl);
5795 if (!Func)
5796 return false;
5797
5798 // In error cases, the function may be called with fewer arguments than
5799 // parameters.
5800 if (E->getNumArgs() < Func->getNumWrittenParams())
5801 return false;
5802
5803 assert(HasRVO == Func->hasRVO());
5804
5805 bool HasQualifier = false;
5806 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E->getCallee()))
5807 HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
5808
5809 bool IsVirtual = false;
5810 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FuncDecl))
5811 IsVirtual = !Devirtualized && MD->isVirtual();
5812
5813 // In any case call the function. The return value will end up on the stack
5814 // and if the function has RVO, we already have the pointer on the stack to
5815 // write the result into.
5816 if (IsVirtual && !HasQualifier) {
5817 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5818 unsigned NumParams =
5819 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5820 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5821 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5822
5823 if (!this->emitCallVirt(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5824 return false;
5825 } else if (Func->isVariadic()) {
5826 uint32_t VarArgSize = 0;
5827 unsigned NumParams =
5828 Func->getNumWrittenParams() + isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
5829 for (unsigned I = NumParams, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5830 VarArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5831 if (!this->emitCallVar(Func, VarArgSize, E))
5832 return false;
5833 } else {
5834 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, E))
5835 return false;
5836 }
5837 } else {
5838 // Indirect call. Visit the callee, which will leave a FunctionPointer on
5839 // the stack. Cleanup of the returned value if necessary will be done after
5840 // the function call completed.
5841
5842 // Sum the size of all args from the call expr.
5843 uint32_t ArgSize = 0;
5844 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
5845 ArgSize += align(primSize(classify(E->getArg(I)).value_or(PT_Ptr)));
5846
5847 // Get the callee, either from a member pointer or function pointer saved in
5848 // CalleeOffset.
5849 if (isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) && CalleeOffset) {
5850 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_MemberPtr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5851 return false;
5852 if (!this->emitGetMemberPtrDecl(E))
5853 return false;
5854 } else {
5855 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, *CalleeOffset, E))
5856 return false;
5857 }
5858 if (!this->emitCallPtr(ArgSize, E, E))
5859 return false;
5860 }
5861
5862 // Cleanup for discarded return values.
5863 if (DiscardResult && !ReturnType->isVoidType() && T)
5864 return this->emitPop(*T, E) && CallScope.destroyLocals();
5865
5866 return CallScope.destroyLocals();
5867}
5868
5869template <class Emitter>
5871 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5872
5873 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5874}
5875
5876template <class Emitter>
5878 SourceLocScope<Emitter> SLS(this, E);
5879
5880 return this->delegate(E->getExpr());
5881}
5882
5883template <class Emitter>
5885 if (DiscardResult)
5886 return true;
5887
5888 return this->emitConstBool(E->getValue(), E);
5889}
5890
5891template <class Emitter>
5893 const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
5894 if (DiscardResult)
5895 return true;
5896
5897 uint64_t Val = Ctx.getASTContext().getTargetNullPointerValue(E->getType());
5898 return this->emitNullPtr(Val, nullptr, E);
5899}
5900
5901template <class Emitter>
5903 if (DiscardResult)
5904 return true;
5905
5906 assert(E->getType()->isIntegerType());
5907
5908 PrimType T = classifyPrim(E->getType());
5909 return this->emitZero(T, E);
5910}
5911
5912template <class Emitter>
5914 if (DiscardResult)
5915 return true;
5916
5917 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
5918 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset > 0) {
5919 if (this->LambdaThisCapture.IsPtr)
5920 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5921 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(this->LambdaThisCapture.Offset, E);
5922 }
5923 }
5924
5925 // In some circumstances, the 'this' pointer does not actually refer to the
5926 // instance pointer of the current function frame, but e.g. to the declaration
5927 // currently being initialized. Here we emit the necessary instruction(s) for
5928 // this scenario.
5929 if (!InitStackActive || InitStack.empty())
5930 return this->emitThis(E);
5931
5932 // If our init stack is, for example:
5933 // 0 Stack: 3 (decl)
5934 // 1 Stack: 6 (init list)
5935 // 2 Stack: 1 (field)
5936 // 3 Stack: 6 (init list)
5937 // 4 Stack: 1 (field)
5938 //
5939 // We want to find the LAST element in it that's an init list,
5940 // which is marked with the K_InitList marker. The index right
5941 // before that points to an init list. We need to find the
5942 // elements before the K_InitList element that point to a base
5943 // (e.g. a decl or This), optionally followed by field, elem, etc.
5944 // In the example above, we want to emit elements [0..2].
5945 unsigned StartIndex = 0;
5946 unsigned EndIndex = 0;
5947 // Find the init list.
5948 for (StartIndex = InitStack.size() - 1; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5949 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE) {
5950 EndIndex = StartIndex;
5951 --StartIndex;
5952 break;
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 // Walk backwards to find the base.
5957 for (; StartIndex > 0; --StartIndex) {
5958 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList)
5959 continue;
5960
5961 if (InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Field &&
5962 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_Elem &&
5963 InitStack[StartIndex].Kind != InitLink::K_DIE)
5964 break;
5965 }
5966
5967 if (StartIndex == 0 && EndIndex == 0)
5968 EndIndex = InitStack.size() - 1;
5969
5970 assert(StartIndex < EndIndex);
5971
5972 // Emit the instructions.
5973 for (unsigned I = StartIndex; I != (EndIndex + 1); ++I) {
5974 if (InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_InitList ||
5975 InitStack[I].Kind == InitLink::K_DIE)
5976 continue;
5977 if (!InitStack[I].template emit<Emitter>(this, E))
5978 return false;
5979 }
5980 return true;
5981}
5982
5983template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
5984 switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
5985 case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
5987 case Stmt::DeclStmtClass:
5988 return visitDeclStmt(cast<DeclStmt>(S), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true);
5989 case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass:
5991 case Stmt::IfStmtClass:
5992 return visitIfStmt(cast<IfStmt>(S));
5993 case Stmt::WhileStmtClass:
5995 case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
5996 return visitDoStmt(cast<DoStmt>(S));
5997 case Stmt::ForStmtClass:
5998 return visitForStmt(cast<ForStmt>(S));
5999 case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass:
6001 case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
6003 case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
6005 case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
6007 case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
6008 return visitCaseStmt(cast<CaseStmt>(S));
6009 case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
6011 case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
6013 case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
6015 case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
6016 return true;
6017 // Always invalid statements.
6018 case Stmt::GCCAsmStmtClass:
6019 case Stmt::MSAsmStmtClass:
6020 case Stmt::GotoStmtClass:
6021 return this->emitInvalid(S);
6022 case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
6023 return this->visitStmt(cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt());
6024 default: {
6025 if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S))
6026 return this->discard(E);
6027 return false;
6028 }
6029 }
6030}
6031
6032template <class Emitter>
6035 for (const auto *InnerStmt : S->body())
6036 if (!visitStmt(InnerStmt))
6037 return false;
6038 return Scope.destroyLocals();
6039}
6040
6041template <class Emitter>
6042bool Compiler<Emitter>::maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(const VarDecl *VD) {
6043 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast_if_present<DecompositionDecl>(VD)) {
6044 for (auto *BD : DD->flat_bindings())
6045 if (auto *KD = BD->getHoldingVar();
6046 KD && !this->visitVarDecl(KD, KD->getInit()))
6047 return false;
6048 }
6049 return true;
6050}
6051
6053 assert(FD);
6054 assert(FD->getParent()->isUnion());
6055 const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD =
6057 return !CXXRD || CXXRD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
6058}
6059
6060template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::refersToUnion(const Expr *E) {
6061 for (;;) {
6062 if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6063 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
6064 FD && FD->getParent()->isUnion() && hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(FD))
6065 return true;
6066 E = ME->getBase();
6067 continue;
6068 }
6069
6070 if (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
6071 E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
6072 continue;
6073 }
6074
6075 if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
6076 ICE && (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp ||
6077 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_DerivedToBase ||
6078 ICE->getCastKind() == CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)) {
6079 E = ICE->getSubExpr();
6080 continue;
6081 }
6082
6083 if (const auto *This = dyn_cast<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
6084 const auto *ThisRecord =
6085 This->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsRecordDecl();
6086 if (!ThisRecord->isUnion())
6087 return false;
6088 // Otherwise, always activate if we're in the ctor.
6089 if (const auto *Ctor =
6090 dyn_cast_if_present<CXXConstructorDecl>(CompilingFunction))
6091 return Ctor->getParent() == ThisRecord;
6092 return false;
6093 }
6094
6095 break;
6096 }
6097 return false;
6098}
6099
6100template <class Emitter>
6102 bool EvaluateConditionDecl) {
6103 for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
6106 continue;
6107
6108 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
6109 if (!VD)
6110 return false;
6111 if (!this->visitVarDecl(VD, VD->getInit()))
6112 return false;
6113
6114 // Register decomposition decl holding vars.
6115 if (EvaluateConditionDecl && !this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(VD))
6116 return false;
6117 }
6118
6119 return true;
6120}
6121
6122template <class Emitter>
6124 if (this->InStmtExpr)
6125 return this->emitUnsupported(RS);
6126
6127 if (const Expr *RE = RS->getRetValue()) {
6128 LocalScope<Emitter> RetScope(this);
6129 if (ReturnType) {
6130 // Primitive types are simply returned.
6131 if (!this->visit(RE))
6132 return false;
6133 this->emitCleanup();
6134 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, RS);
6135 }
6136
6137 if (RE->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6138 if (!this->visit(RE))
6139 return false;
6140 } else {
6141 if (RE->containsErrors())
6142 return false;
6143
6145 // RVO - construct the value in the return location.
6146 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(RE))
6147 return false;
6148 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(RE))
6149 return false;
6150
6151 this->emitCleanup();
6152 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6153 }
6154 }
6155
6156 // Void return.
6157 this->emitCleanup();
6158 return this->emitRetVoid(RS);
6159}
6160
6161template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS) {
6162 LocalScope<Emitter> IfScope(this);
6163
6164 auto visitChildStmt = [&](const Stmt *S) -> bool {
6165 LocalScope<Emitter> SScope(this);
6166 if (!visitStmt(S))
6167 return false;
6168 return SScope.destroyLocals();
6169 };
6170
6171 if (auto *CondInit = IS->getInit()) {
6172 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6173 return false;
6174 }
6175
6176 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = IS->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6177 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6178 return false;
6179 }
6180
6181 // Save ourselves compiling some code and the jumps, etc. if the condition is
6182 // stataically known to be either true or false. We could look at more cases
6183 // here, but I think all the ones that actually happen are using a
6184 // ConstantExpr.
6185 if (std::optional<bool> BoolValue = getBoolValue(IS->getCond())) {
6186 if (*BoolValue)
6187 return visitChildStmt(IS->getThen());
6188 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse())
6189 return visitChildStmt(Else);
6190 return true;
6191 }
6192
6193 // Otherwise, compile the condition.
6194 if (IS->isNonNegatedConsteval()) {
6195 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6196 return false;
6197 } else if (IS->isNegatedConsteval()) {
6198 if (!this->emitIsConstantContext(IS))
6199 return false;
6200 if (!this->emitInv(IS))
6201 return false;
6202 } else {
6204 if (!this->visitBool(IS->getCond()))
6205 return false;
6206 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6207 return false;
6208 }
6209
6210 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(IS->getConditionVariable()))
6211 return false;
6212
6213 if (const Stmt *Else = IS->getElse()) {
6214 LabelTy LabelElse = this->getLabel();
6215 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6216 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelElse, IS))
6217 return false;
6218 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6219 return false;
6220 if (!this->jump(LabelEnd, IS))
6221 return false;
6222 this->emitLabel(LabelElse);
6223 if (!visitChildStmt(Else))
6224 return false;
6225 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6226 } else {
6227 LabelTy LabelEnd = this->getLabel();
6228 if (!this->jumpFalse(LabelEnd, IS))
6229 return false;
6230 if (!visitChildStmt(IS->getThen()))
6231 return false;
6232 this->emitLabel(LabelEnd);
6233 }
6234
6235 if (!IfScope.destroyLocals())
6236 return false;
6237
6238 return true;
6239}
6240
6241template <class Emitter>
6243 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6244 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6245
6246 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label before the condition.
6247 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel(); // Label after the loop.
6248 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6249 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6250
6251 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6252 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6253
6254 // Start of the loop body {
6255 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6256
6257 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6258 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6259 return false;
6260 }
6261
6262 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6263 return false;
6264
6265 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6266 return false;
6267
6268 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6269 return false;
6270
6271 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6272 return false;
6273
6274 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6275 return false;
6276 // } End of loop body.
6277
6278 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6279 return false;
6280 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6281 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6282
6283 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6284}
6285
6286template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S) {
6287 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6288 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6289
6290 LabelTy StartLabel = this->getLabel();
6291 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6292 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6293 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6294 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, CondLabel);
6295
6296 this->fallthrough(StartLabel);
6297 this->emitLabel(StartLabel);
6298
6299 {
6300 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6301 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6302 return false;
6303 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6304 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6305 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6306 return false;
6307
6308 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6309 return false;
6310 }
6311 if (!this->jumpTrue(StartLabel, S))
6312 return false;
6313
6314 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6315 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6316 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6317}
6318
6319template <class Emitter>
6321 // for (Init; Cond; Inc) { Body }
6322 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6323 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6324 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6325 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6326
6327 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6328 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6329 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6330
6331 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6332 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6333 return false;
6334
6335 // Start of the loop body {
6336 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6337 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6338
6339 LocalScope<Emitter> CondScope(this);
6340 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6341 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt()) {
6342 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6343 return false;
6344 }
6345
6346 if (Cond) {
6347 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6348 return false;
6349 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6350 return false;
6351 }
6352 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6353 return false;
6354
6355 if (Body && !this->visitStmt(Body))
6356 return false;
6357
6358 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6359 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6360 if (Inc && !this->discard(Inc))
6361 return false;
6362
6363 if (!CondScope.destroyLocals())
6364 return false;
6365 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6366 return false;
6367 // } End of loop body.
6368
6369 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6370 // If we jumped out of the loop above, we still need to clean up the condition
6371 // scope.
6372 return CondScope.destroyLocals() && WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6373}
6374
6375template <class Emitter>
6377 const Stmt *Init = S->getInit();
6378 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6379 const Expr *Inc = S->getInc();
6380 const Stmt *Body = S->getBody();
6381 const Stmt *BeginStmt = S->getBeginStmt();
6382 const Stmt *RangeStmt = S->getRangeStmt();
6383 const Stmt *EndStmt = S->getEndStmt();
6384
6385 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6386 LabelTy CondLabel = this->getLabel();
6387 LabelTy IncLabel = this->getLabel();
6388 LocalScope<Emitter> WholeLoopScope(this);
6389 LoopScope<Emitter> LS(this, S, EndLabel, IncLabel);
6390
6391 // Emit declarations needed in the loop.
6392 if (Init && !this->visitStmt(Init))
6393 return false;
6394 if (!this->visitStmt(RangeStmt))
6395 return false;
6396 if (!this->visitStmt(BeginStmt))
6397 return false;
6398 if (!this->visitStmt(EndStmt))
6399 return false;
6400
6401 // Now the condition as well as the loop variable assignment.
6402 this->fallthrough(CondLabel);
6403 this->emitLabel(CondLabel);
6404 if (!this->visitBool(Cond))
6405 return false;
6406 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndLabel, S))
6407 return false;
6408
6409 if (!this->visitDeclStmt(S->getLoopVarStmt(), /*EvaluateConditionDecl=*/true))
6410 return false;
6411
6412 // Body.
6413 {
6414 if (!this->visitStmt(Body))
6415 return false;
6416
6417 this->fallthrough(IncLabel);
6418 this->emitLabel(IncLabel);
6419 if (!this->discard(Inc))
6420 return false;
6421 }
6422
6423 if (!this->jump(CondLabel, S))
6424 return false;
6425
6426 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6427 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6428 return WholeLoopScope.destroyLocals();
6429}
6430
6431template <class Emitter>
6433 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6434 return false;
6435
6436 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6437 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6438 const VariableScope<Emitter> *BreakScope = nullptr;
6439
6440 if (!TargetLoop) {
6441 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6442 if (LI.BreakLabel) {
6443 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6444 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6445 break;
6446 }
6447 }
6448 } else {
6449 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6450 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6451 TargetLabel = *LI.BreakLabel;
6452 BreakScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6453 break;
6454 }
6455 }
6456 }
6457
6458 // Faulty break statement (e.g. label redefined or named loops disabled).
6459 if (!TargetLabel)
6460 return false;
6461
6462 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = this->VarScope; C != BreakScope;
6463 C = C->getParent()) {
6464 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6465 return false;
6466 }
6467
6468 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6469}
6470
6471template <class Emitter>
6473 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6474 return false;
6475
6476 OptLabelTy TargetLabel = std::nullopt;
6477 const Stmt *TargetLoop = S->getNamedLoopOrSwitch();
6478 const VariableScope<Emitter> *ContinueScope = nullptr;
6479
6480 if (!TargetLoop) {
6481 for (const auto &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6482 if (LI.ContinueLabel) {
6483 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6484 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6485 break;
6486 }
6487 }
6488 } else {
6489 for (auto LI : LabelInfoStack) {
6490 if (LI.Name == TargetLoop) {
6491 TargetLabel = *LI.ContinueLabel;
6492 ContinueScope = LI.BreakOrContinueScope;
6493 break;
6494 }
6495 }
6496 }
6497 assert(TargetLabel);
6498
6499 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C != ContinueScope;
6500 C = C->getParent()) {
6501 if (!C->destroyLocals())
6502 return false;
6503 }
6504
6505 return this->jump(*TargetLabel, S);
6506}
6507
6508template <class Emitter>
6510 const Expr *Cond = S->getCond();
6511 if (Cond->containsErrors())
6512 return false;
6513
6514 PrimType CondT = this->classifyPrim(Cond->getType());
6515 LocalScope<Emitter> LS(this);
6516
6517 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
6518 UnsignedOrNone DefaultLabel = std::nullopt;
6519 unsigned CondVar =
6520 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(Cond, CondT, /*IsConst=*/true);
6521
6522 if (const auto *CondInit = S->getInit())
6523 if (!visitStmt(CondInit))
6524 return false;
6525
6526 if (const DeclStmt *CondDecl = S->getConditionVariableDeclStmt())
6527 if (!visitDeclStmt(CondDecl))
6528 return false;
6529
6530 // Initialize condition variable.
6531 if (!this->visit(Cond))
6532 return false;
6533 if (!this->emitSetLocal(CondT, CondVar, S))
6534 return false;
6535
6536 if (!this->maybeEmitDeferredVarInit(S->getConditionVariable()))
6537 return false;
6538
6540 // Create labels and comparison ops for all case statements.
6541 for (const SwitchCase *SC = S->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
6542 SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
6543 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CaseStmt>(SC)) {
6544 CaseLabels[SC] = this->getLabel();
6545
6546 if (CS->caseStmtIsGNURange()) {
6547 LabelTy EndOfRangeCheck = this->getLabel();
6548 const Expr *Low = CS->getLHS();
6549 const Expr *High = CS->getRHS();
6550 if (Low->isValueDependent() || High->isValueDependent())
6551 return false;
6552
6553 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6554 return false;
6555 if (!this->visit(Low))
6556 return false;
6557 PrimType LT = this->classifyPrim(Low->getType());
6558 if (!this->emitGE(LT, S))
6559 return false;
6560 if (!this->jumpFalse(EndOfRangeCheck, S))
6561 return false;
6562
6563 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6564 return false;
6565 if (!this->visit(High))
6566 return false;
6567 PrimType HT = this->classifyPrim(High->getType());
6568 if (!this->emitLE(HT, S))
6569 return false;
6570 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6571 return false;
6572 this->emitLabel(EndOfRangeCheck);
6573 continue;
6574 }
6575
6576 const Expr *Value = CS->getLHS();
6577 if (Value->isValueDependent())
6578 return false;
6579 PrimType ValueT = this->classifyPrim(Value->getType());
6580
6581 // Compare the case statement's value to the switch condition.
6582 if (!this->emitGetLocal(CondT, CondVar, CS))
6583 return false;
6584 if (!this->visit(Value))
6585 return false;
6586
6587 // Compare and jump to the case label.
6588 if (!this->emitEQ(ValueT, S))
6589 return false;
6590 if (!this->jumpTrue(CaseLabels[CS], S))
6591 return false;
6592 } else {
6593 assert(!DefaultLabel);
6594 DefaultLabel = this->getLabel();
6595 }
6596 }
6597
6598 // If none of the conditions above were true, fall through to the default
6599 // statement or jump after the switch statement.
6600 if (DefaultLabel) {
6601 if (!this->jump(*DefaultLabel, S))
6602 return false;
6603 } else {
6604 if (!this->jump(EndLabel, S))
6605 return false;
6606 }
6607
6608 SwitchScope<Emitter> SS(this, S, std::move(CaseLabels), EndLabel,
6609 DefaultLabel);
6610 if (!this->visitStmt(S->getBody()))
6611 return false;
6612 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
6613 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
6614
6615 return LS.destroyLocals();
6616}
6617
6618template <class Emitter>
6620 this->fallthrough(CaseLabels[S]);
6621 this->emitLabel(CaseLabels[S]);
6622 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6623}
6624
6625template <class Emitter>
6627 if (LabelInfoStack.empty())
6628 return false;
6629
6630 LabelTy DefaultLabel;
6631 for (const LabelInfo &LI : llvm::reverse(LabelInfoStack)) {
6632 if (LI.DefaultLabel) {
6633 DefaultLabel = *LI.DefaultLabel;
6634 break;
6635 }
6636 }
6637
6638 this->emitLabel(DefaultLabel);
6639 return this->visitStmt(S->getSubStmt());
6640}
6641
6642template <class Emitter>
6644 const Stmt *SubStmt = S->getSubStmt();
6645
6646 bool IsMSVCConstexprAttr = isa<ReturnStmt>(SubStmt) &&
6648
6649 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr && !this->emitPushMSVCCE(S))
6650 return false;
6651
6652 if (this->Ctx.getLangOpts().CXXAssumptions &&
6653 !this->Ctx.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
6654 for (const Attr *A : S->getAttrs()) {
6655 auto *AA = dyn_cast<CXXAssumeAttr>(A);
6656 if (!AA)
6657 continue;
6658
6659 assert(isa<NullStmt>(SubStmt));
6660
6661 const Expr *Assumption = AA->getAssumption();
6662 if (Assumption->isValueDependent())
6663 return false;
6664
6665 if (Assumption->HasSideEffects(this->Ctx.getASTContext()))
6666 continue;
6667
6668 // Evaluate assumption.
6669 if (!this->visitBool(Assumption))
6670 return false;
6671
6672 if (!this->emitAssume(Assumption))
6673 return false;
6674 }
6675 }
6676
6677 // Ignore other attributes.
6678 if (!this->visitStmt(SubStmt))
6679 return false;
6680
6681 if (IsMSVCConstexprAttr)
6682 return this->emitPopMSVCCE(S);
6683 return true;
6684}
6685
6686template <class Emitter>
6688 // Ignore all handlers.
6689 return this->visitStmt(S->getTryBlock());
6690}
6691
6692template <class Emitter>
6693bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6694 assert(MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker());
6695 assert(MD->hasBody());
6696 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(MD->getBody())->body_empty());
6697
6698 const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
6699 const FunctionDecl *LambdaCallOp;
6700 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6701 if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
6702 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6703 assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6704 "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
6705 "template specialization");
6707 FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
6708 LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6709 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
6710 const FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
6711 CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
6712 assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
6713 LambdaCallOp = CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization;
6714 } else {
6715 LambdaCallOp = ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
6716 }
6717 assert(ClosureClass->captures().empty());
6718 const Function *Func = this->getFunction(LambdaCallOp);
6719 if (!Func)
6720 return false;
6721 assert(Func->hasThisPointer());
6722 assert(Func->getNumParams() == (MD->getNumParams() + 1 + Func->hasRVO()));
6723
6724 if (Func->hasRVO()) {
6725 if (!this->emitRVOPtr(MD))
6726 return false;
6727 }
6728
6729 // The lambda call operator needs an instance pointer, but we don't have
6730 // one here, and we don't need one either because the lambda cannot have
6731 // any captures, as verified above. Emit a null pointer. This is then
6732 // special-cased when interpreting to not emit any misleading diagnostics.
6733 if (!this->emitNullPtr(0, nullptr, MD))
6734 return false;
6735
6736 // Forward all arguments from the static invoker to the lambda call operator.
6737 for (const ParmVarDecl *PVD : MD->parameters()) {
6738 auto It = this->Params.find(PVD);
6739 assert(It != this->Params.end());
6740
6741 // We do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion manually here, so no need
6742 // to care about references.
6743 PrimType ParamType = this->classify(PVD->getType()).value_or(PT_Ptr);
6744 if (!this->emitGetParam(ParamType, It->second.Index, MD))
6745 return false;
6746 }
6747
6748 if (!this->emitCall(Func, 0, LambdaCallOp))
6749 return false;
6750
6751 this->emitCleanup();
6752 if (ReturnType)
6753 return this->emitRet(*ReturnType, MD);
6754
6755 // Nothing to do, since we emitted the RVO pointer above.
6756 return this->emitRetVoid(MD);
6757}
6758
6759template <class Emitter>
6760bool Compiler<Emitter>::checkLiteralType(const Expr *E) {
6761 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23)
6762 return true;
6763
6764 if (!E->isPRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Ctx.getASTContext()))
6765 return true;
6766
6767 return this->emitCheckLiteralType(E->getType().getTypePtr(), E);
6768}
6769
6771 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6772
6773 if (!Init->isWritten() && !Init->isInClassMemberInitializer() &&
6774 !isa<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr))
6775 return true;
6776
6777 if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InitExpr)) {
6778 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = CE->getConstructor();
6779 if (Ctor->isDefaulted() && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
6780 Ctor->isTrivial())
6781 return true;
6782 }
6783
6784 return false;
6785}
6786
6787template <class Emitter>
6788bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor) {
6789 assert(!ReturnType);
6790
6791 // Only start the lifetime of the instance pointer.
6792 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime1(Ctor))
6793 return false;
6794
6795 auto emitFieldInitializer = [&](const Record::Field *F, unsigned FieldOffset,
6796 const Expr *InitExpr,
6797 bool Activate = false) -> bool {
6798 // We don't know what to do with these, so just return false.
6799 if (InitExpr->getType().isNull())
6800 return false;
6801
6802 if (OptPrimType T = this->classify(InitExpr)) {
6803 if (Activate && !this->emitActivateThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6804 return false;
6805
6806 if (!this->visit(InitExpr))
6807 return false;
6808
6809 if (F->isBitField())
6810 return this->emitInitThisBitField(*T, FieldOffset, F->bitWidth(),
6811 InitExpr);
6812 return this->emitInitThisField(*T, FieldOffset, InitExpr);
6813 }
6814 // Non-primitive case. Get a pointer to the field-to-initialize
6815 // on the stack and call visitInitialzer() for it.
6816 InitLinkScope<Emitter> FieldScope(this, InitLink::Field(F->Offset));
6817 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(FieldOffset, InitExpr))
6818 return false;
6819
6820 if (Activate && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6821 return false;
6822
6823 return this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr);
6824 };
6825
6826 const RecordDecl *RD = Ctor->getParent();
6827 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6828 if (!R)
6829 return false;
6830 bool IsUnion = R->isUnion();
6831
6832 // Union copy and move ctors are special.
6833 if (IsUnion && Ctor->isCopyOrMoveConstructor()) {
6835
6836 // No special case for NumFields == 0 here, so the Memcpy op
6837 // below also does its checks in those cases.
6838
6839 assert(cast<CompoundStmt>(Ctor->getBody())->body_empty());
6840 if (!this->emitThis(Ctor))
6841 return false;
6842
6843 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, Ctor))
6844 return false;
6845
6846 return this->emitMemcpy(Ctor) && this->emitPopPtr(Ctor) &&
6847 this->emitRetVoid(Ctor);
6848 }
6849
6850 unsigned FieldInits = 0;
6852 for (const auto *Init : Ctor->inits()) {
6853 // Scope needed for the initializers.
6854 LocalScope<Emitter> Scope(this, ScopeKind::FullExpression);
6855
6856 const Expr *InitExpr = Init->getInit();
6857 if (const FieldDecl *Member = Init->getMember()) {
6858 const Record::Field *F = R->getField(Member);
6859
6862 if (!emitFieldInitializer(F, F->Offset, InitExpr, IsUnion))
6863 return false;
6864 ++FieldInits;
6865 } else if (const Type *Base = Init->getBaseClass()) {
6866 const auto *BaseDecl = Base->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6867 assert(BaseDecl);
6868
6869 if (Init->isBaseVirtual()) {
6870 assert(R->getVirtualBase(BaseDecl));
6871 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisVirtBase(BaseDecl, InitExpr))
6872 return false;
6873
6874 } else {
6875 // Base class initializer.
6876 // Get This Base and call initializer on it.
6877 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BaseDecl);
6878 assert(B);
6879 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisBase(B->Offset, InitExpr))
6880 return false;
6881 }
6882
6883 if (IsUnion && !this->emitActivate(InitExpr))
6884 return false;
6885
6886 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(InitExpr))
6887 return false;
6888 } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = Init->getIndirectMember()) {
6891 unsigned ChainSize = IFD->getChainingSize();
6892 assert(ChainSize >= 2);
6893
6894 unsigned NestedFieldOffset = 0;
6895 const Record::Field *NestedField = nullptr;
6896 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ChainSize; ++I) {
6897 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(IFD->chain()[I]);
6898 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6899 assert(FieldRecord);
6900
6901 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6902 assert(NestedField);
6903 IsUnion = IsUnion || FieldRecord->isUnion();
6904
6905 NestedFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6906
6907 // Add a new InitChainLink for the record, but not for the final field.
6908 if (I != ChainSize - 1)
6909 InitStack.push_back(InitLink::Field(NestedField->Offset));
6910 }
6911 assert(NestedField);
6912
6914 if (!emitFieldInitializer(NestedField, NestedFieldOffset, InitExpr,
6915 IsUnion))
6916 return false;
6917
6918 // Mark all chain links as initialized.
6919 unsigned InitFieldOffset = 0;
6920 for (const NamedDecl *ND : IFD->chain().drop_back()) {
6921 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ND);
6922 const Record *FieldRecord = this->P.getOrCreateRecord(FD->getParent());
6923 assert(FieldRecord);
6924 NestedField = FieldRecord->getField(FD);
6925 InitFieldOffset += NestedField->Offset;
6926 assert(NestedField);
6927 if (!this->emitGetPtrThisField(InitFieldOffset, InitExpr))
6928 return false;
6929 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(InitExpr))
6930 return false;
6931 }
6932
6933 InitStack.pop_back_n(ChainSize - 1);
6934
6935 } else {
6936 assert(Init->isDelegatingInitializer());
6937 if (!this->emitThis(InitExpr))
6938 return false;
6939 if (!this->visitInitializerPop(Init->getInit()))
6940 return false;
6941 }
6942
6943 if (!Scope.destroyLocals())
6944 return false;
6945 }
6946
6947 if (FieldInits != R->getNumFields()) {
6948 assert(FieldInits < R->getNumFields());
6949 // Start the lifetime of all members.
6950 if (!this->emitStartThisLifetime(Ctor))
6951 return false;
6952 }
6953
6954 if (const Stmt *Body = Ctor->getBody()) {
6955 // Only emit the CtorCheck op for non-empty CompoundStmt bodies.
6956 // For non-CompoundStmts, always assume they are non-empty and emit it.
6957 if (const auto *CS = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) {
6958 if (!CS->body_empty() && !this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6959 return false;
6960 } else {
6961 if (!this->emitCtorCheck(SourceInfo{}))
6962 return false;
6963 }
6964
6965 if (!visitStmt(Body))
6966 return false;
6967 }
6968
6969 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
6970}
6971
6972template <class Emitter>
6973bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileDestructor(const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor) {
6974 const RecordDecl *RD = Dtor->getParent();
6975 const Record *R = this->getRecord(RD);
6976 if (!R)
6977 return false;
6978
6979 if (!Dtor->isTrivial() && Dtor->getBody()) {
6980 if (!this->visitStmt(Dtor->getBody()))
6981 return false;
6982 }
6983
6984 if (!this->emitThis(Dtor))
6985 return false;
6986
6987 if (!this->emitCheckDestruction(Dtor))
6988 return false;
6989
6990 assert(R);
6991 if (!R->isUnion()) {
6992
6994 // First, destroy all fields.
6995 for (const Record::Field &Field : llvm::reverse(R->fields())) {
6996 const Descriptor *D = Field.Desc;
6997 if (D->hasTrivialDtor())
6998 continue;
6999 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(Field.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7000 return false;
7001 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(D, SourceInfo{}))
7002 return false;
7003 }
7004 }
7005
7006 for (const Record::Base &Base : llvm::reverse(R->bases())) {
7007 if (Base.R->hasTrivialDtor())
7008 continue;
7009 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(Base.Offset, SourceInfo{}))
7010 return false;
7011 if (!this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Base.R, {}))
7012 return false;
7013 }
7014
7015 if (!this->emitMarkDestroyed(Dtor))
7016 return false;
7017
7018 // FIXME: Virtual bases.
7019 return this->emitPopPtr(Dtor) && this->emitRetVoid(Dtor);
7020}
7021
7022template <class Emitter>
7023bool Compiler<Emitter>::compileUnionAssignmentOperator(
7024 const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7025 if (!this->emitThis(MD))
7026 return false;
7027
7028 if (!this->emitGetParam(PT_Ptr, /*ParamIndex=*/0, MD))
7029 return false;
7030
7031 return this->emitMemcpy(MD) && this->emitRet(PT_Ptr, MD);
7032}
7033
7034template <class Emitter>
7036 if (F->getReturnType()->isDependentType())
7037 return false;
7038
7039 // Classify the return type.
7040 ReturnType = this->classify(F->getReturnType());
7041
7042 this->CompilingFunction = F;
7043
7044 if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(F))
7045 return this->compileConstructor(Ctor);
7046 if (const auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(F))
7047 return this->compileDestructor(Dtor);
7048
7049 // Emit custom code if this is a lambda static invoker.
7050 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(F)) {
7051 const RecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
7052
7053 if (RD->isUnion() &&
7055 return this->compileUnionAssignmentOperator(MD);
7056
7057 if (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker())
7058 return this->emitLambdaStaticInvokerBody(MD);
7059 }
7060
7061 // Regular functions.
7062 if (const auto *Body = F->getBody())
7063 if (!visitStmt(Body))
7064 return false;
7065
7066 // Emit a guard return to protect against a code path missing one.
7067 if (F->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
7068 return this->emitRetVoid(SourceInfo{});
7069 return this->emitNoRet(SourceInfo{});
7070}
7071
7072static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E) {
7073 assert(E->refersToBitField());
7074 const auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
7075 const auto *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
7076 return FD->getBitWidthValue();
7077}
7078
7079template <class Emitter>
7081 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7082 if (SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
7083 return this->VisitComplexUnaryOperator(E);
7084 if (SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
7085 return this->VisitVectorUnaryOperator(E);
7086 if (SubExpr->getType()->isFixedPointType())
7087 return this->VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(E);
7088 OptPrimType T = classify(SubExpr->getType());
7089
7090 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7091 case UO_PostInc: { // x++
7092 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7093 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7094 if (!T)
7095 return this->emitError(E);
7096
7097 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7098 return false;
7099
7100 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7101 if (!this->emitIncPtr(E))
7102 return false;
7103
7104 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7105 }
7106
7107 if (T == PT_Float)
7108 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7109 : this->emitIncf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7110
7111 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7112 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7113 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7114 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7115 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7116
7117 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7118 : this->emitInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7119 }
7120 case UO_PostDec: { // x--
7121 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7122 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7123 if (!T)
7124 return this->emitError(E);
7125
7126 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7127 return false;
7128
7129 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7130 if (!this->emitDecPtr(E))
7131 return false;
7132
7133 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7134 }
7135
7136 if (T == PT_Float)
7137 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E)
7138 : this->emitDecf(getFPOptions(E), E);
7139
7140 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7141 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7142 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7143 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7144 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7145 }
7146
7147 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E)
7148 : this->emitDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7149 }
7150 case UO_PreInc: { // ++x
7151 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7152 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7153 if (!T)
7154 return this->emitError(E);
7155
7156 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7157 return false;
7158
7159 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7160 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7161 return false;
7162 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7163 return false;
7164 if (!this->emitAddOffsetUint8(E))
7165 return false;
7166 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7167 }
7168
7169 // Post-inc and pre-inc are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7170 if (DiscardResult) {
7171 if (T == PT_Float)
7172 return this->emitIncfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7173 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7174 return DiscardResult ? this->emitIncPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7175 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7176 : this->emitIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7177 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7178 return this->emitIncPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7179 }
7180
7181 if (T == PT_Float) {
7182 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7183 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7184 return false;
7185 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7186 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7187 return false;
7188
7189 if (!this->emitAddf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7190 return false;
7191 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7192 return false;
7193 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7194 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7195 if (!this->emitPreIncBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7196 E))
7197 return false;
7198 } else {
7199 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7200 if (!this->emitPreInc(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7201 return false;
7202 }
7203 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7204 }
7205 case UO_PreDec: { // --x
7206 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
7207 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7208 if (!T)
7209 return this->emitError(E);
7210
7211 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7212 return false;
7213
7214 if (T == PT_Ptr) {
7215 if (!this->emitLoadPtr(E))
7216 return false;
7217 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7218 return false;
7219 if (!this->emitSubOffsetUint8(E))
7220 return false;
7221 return DiscardResult ? this->emitStorePopPtr(E) : this->emitStorePtr(E);
7222 }
7223
7224 // Post-dec and pre-dec are the same if the value is to be discarded.
7225 if (DiscardResult) {
7226 if (T == PT_Float)
7227 return this->emitDecfPop(getFPOptions(E), E);
7228 if (SubExpr->refersToBitField())
7229 return DiscardResult ? this->emitDecPopBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7230 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E)
7231 : this->emitDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(),
7232 getBitWidth(SubExpr), E);
7233 return this->emitDecPop(*T, E->canOverflow(), E);
7234 }
7235
7236 if (T == PT_Float) {
7237 const auto &TargetSemantics = Ctx.getFloatSemantics(E->getType());
7238 if (!this->emitLoadFloat(E))
7239 return false;
7240 APFloat F(TargetSemantics, 1);
7241 if (!this->emitFloat(F, E))
7242 return false;
7243
7244 if (!this->emitSubf(getFPOptions(E), E))
7245 return false;
7246 if (!this->emitStoreFloat(E))
7247 return false;
7248 } else if (SubExpr->refersToBitField()) {
7249 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7250 if (!this->emitPreDecBitfield(*T, E->canOverflow(), getBitWidth(SubExpr),
7251 E))
7252 return false;
7253 } else {
7254 assert(isIntegerOrBoolType(*T));
7255 if (!this->emitPreDec(*T, E->canOverflow(), E))
7256 return false;
7257 }
7258 return E->isGLValue() || this->emitLoadPop(*T, E);
7259 }
7260 case UO_LNot: // !x
7261 if (!T)
7262 return this->emitError(E);
7263
7264 if (DiscardResult)
7265 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7266
7267 if (!this->visitBool(SubExpr))
7268 return false;
7269
7270 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7271 return false;
7272
7273 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7274 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7275 return true;
7276 case UO_Minus: // -x
7277 if (!T)
7278 return this->emitError(E);
7279
7280 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7281 return false;
7282 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitNeg(*T, E);
7283 case UO_Plus: // +x
7284 if (!T)
7285 return this->emitError(E);
7286
7287 if (!this->visit(SubExpr)) // noop
7288 return false;
7289 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : true;
7290 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7291 if (E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) {
7292 // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
7293 // member can be formed.
7294 if (DiscardResult)
7295 return true;
7296 return this->emitGetMemberPtr(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getDecl(), E);
7297 }
7298 // We should already have a pointer when we get here.
7299 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7300 case UO_Deref: // *x
7301 if (DiscardResult)
7302 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7303
7304 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7305 return false;
7306
7307 if (!SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionPointerType() && !this->emitCheckNull(E))
7308 return false;
7309
7310 if (classifyPrim(SubExpr) == PT_Ptr)
7311 return this->emitNarrowPtr(E);
7312 return true;
7313
7314 case UO_Not: // ~x
7315 if (!T)
7316 return this->emitError(E);
7317
7318 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7319 return false;
7320 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPop(*T, E) : this->emitComp(*T, E);
7321 case UO_Real: // __real x
7322 if (!T)
7323 return false;
7324 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7325 case UO_Imag: { // __imag x
7326 if (!T)
7327 return false;
7328 if (!this->discard(SubExpr))
7329 return false;
7330 return DiscardResult
7331 ? true
7332 : this->visitZeroInitializer(*T, SubExpr->getType(), SubExpr);
7333 }
7334 case UO_Extension:
7335 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7336 case UO_Coawait:
7337 assert(false && "Unhandled opcode");
7338 }
7339
7340 return false;
7341}
7342
7343template <class Emitter>
7345 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7346 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7347
7348 if (DiscardResult)
7349 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7350
7351 OptPrimType ResT = classify(E);
7352 auto prepareResult = [=]() -> bool {
7353 if (!ResT && !Initializing) {
7354 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7355 if (!LocalIndex)
7356 return false;
7357 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E);
7358 }
7359
7360 return true;
7361 };
7362
7363 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7364 unsigned SubExprOffset = ~0u;
7365 auto createTemp = [=, &SubExprOffset]() -> bool {
7366 SubExprOffset =
7367 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7368 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7369 return false;
7370 return this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E);
7371 };
7372
7373 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7374 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7375 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7376 return false;
7377 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7378 };
7379
7380 switch (E->getOpcode()) {
7381 case UO_Minus: // -x
7382 if (!prepareResult())
7383 return false;
7384 if (!createTemp())
7385 return false;
7386 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7387 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7388 return false;
7389 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7390 return false;
7391 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7392 return false;
7393 }
7394 break;
7395
7396 case UO_Plus: // +x
7397 case UO_AddrOf: // &x
7398 case UO_Deref: // *x
7399 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7400
7401 case UO_LNot:
7402 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7403 return false;
7404 if (!this->emitComplexBoolCast(SubExpr))
7405 return false;
7406 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7407 return false;
7408 if (PrimType ET = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ET != PT_Bool)
7409 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ET, E);
7410 return true;
7411
7412 case UO_Real:
7413 return this->emitComplexReal(SubExpr);
7414
7415 case UO_Imag:
7416 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7417 return false;
7418
7419 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7420 if (!this->emitConstUint8(1, E))
7421 return false;
7422 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(E);
7423 }
7424
7425 // Since our _Complex implementation does not map to a primitive type,
7426 // we sometimes have to do the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion here manually.
7427 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyPrim(E->getType()), 1, E);
7428
7429 case UO_Not: // ~x
7430 if (!this->delegate(SubExpr))
7431 return false;
7432 // Negate the imaginary component.
7433 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7434 return false;
7435 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7436 return false;
7437 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, 1, E))
7438 return false;
7439 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
7440
7441 case UO_Extension:
7442 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7443
7444 default:
7445 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7446 }
7447
7448 return true;
7449}
7450
7451template <class Emitter>
7453 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
7454 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isVectorType());
7455
7456 if (DiscardResult)
7457 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7458
7459 auto UnaryOp = E->getOpcode();
7460 if (UnaryOp == UO_Extension)
7461 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7462
7463 if (UnaryOp != UO_Plus && UnaryOp != UO_Minus && UnaryOp != UO_LNot &&
7464 UnaryOp != UO_Not && UnaryOp != UO_AddrOf)
7465 return this->emitInvalid(E);
7466
7467 // Nothing to do here.
7468 if (UnaryOp == UO_Plus || UnaryOp == UO_AddrOf)
7469 return this->delegate(SubExpr);
7470
7471 if (!Initializing) {
7472 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(SubExpr);
7473 if (!LocalIndex)
7474 return false;
7475 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
7476 return false;
7477 }
7478
7479 // The offset of the temporary, if we created one.
7480 unsigned SubExprOffset =
7481 this->allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7482 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7483 return false;
7484 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, SubExprOffset, E))
7485 return false;
7486
7487 const auto *VecTy = SubExpr->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
7488 PrimType ElemT = classifyVectorElementType(SubExpr->getType());
7489 auto getElem = [=](unsigned Offset, unsigned Index) -> bool {
7490 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
7491 return false;
7492 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7493 };
7494
7495 switch (UnaryOp) {
7496 case UO_Minus:
7497 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7498 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7499 return false;
7500 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7501 return false;
7502 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7503 return false;
7504 }
7505 break;
7506 case UO_LNot: { // !x
7507 // In C++, the logic operators !, &&, || are available for vectors. !v is
7508 // equivalent to v == 0.
7509 //
7510 // The result of the comparison is a vector of the same width and number of
7511 // elements as the comparison operands with a signed integral element type.
7512 //
7513 // https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Vector-Extensions.html
7514 QualType ResultVecTy = E->getType();
7515 PrimType ResultVecElemT =
7516 classifyPrim(ResultVecTy->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType());
7517 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7518 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7519 return false;
7520 // operator ! on vectors returns -1 for 'truth', so negate it.
7521 if (!this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, Ctx.getASTContext().BoolTy, E))
7522 return false;
7523 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7524 return false;
7525 if (!this->emitPrimCast(PT_Bool, ElemT, VecTy->getElementType(), E))
7526 return false;
7527 if (!this->emitNeg(ElemT, E))
7528 return false;
7529 if (ElemT != ResultVecElemT &&
7530 !this->emitPrimCast(ElemT, ResultVecElemT, ResultVecTy, E))
7531 return false;
7532 if (!this->emitInitElem(ResultVecElemT, I, E))
7533 return false;
7534 }
7535 break;
7536 }
7537 case UO_Not: // ~x
7538 for (unsigned I = 0; I != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++I) {
7539 if (!getElem(SubExprOffset, I))
7540 return false;
7541 if (ElemT == PT_Bool) {
7542 if (!this->emitInv(E))
7543 return false;
7544 } else {
7545 if (!this->emitComp(ElemT, E))
7546 return false;
7547 }
7548 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
7549 return false;
7550 }
7551 break;
7552 default:
7553 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported unary operators should be handled up front");
7554 }
7555 return true;
7556}
7557
7558template <class Emitter>
7560 if (DiscardResult)
7561 return true;
7562
7563 if (const auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
7564 return this->emitConst(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
7565 if (const auto *FuncDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7566 const Function *F = getFunction(FuncDecl);
7567 return F && this->emitGetFnPtr(F, E);
7568 }
7569 if (const auto *TPOD = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
7570 if (UnsignedOrNone Index = P.getOrCreateGlobal(D)) {
7571 if (OptPrimType T = classify(D->getType())) {
7572 if (!this->visitAPValue(TPOD->getValue(), *T, E))
7573 return false;
7574 return this->emitInitGlobal(*T, *Index, E);
7575 }
7576
7577 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*Index, E))
7578 return false;
7579 if (!this->visitAPValueInitializer(TPOD->getValue(), E, TPOD->getType()))
7580 return false;
7581 return this->emitFinishInit(E);
7582 }
7583 return false;
7584 }
7585
7586 // References are implemented via pointers, so when we see a DeclRefExpr
7587 // pointing to a reference, we need to get its value directly (i.e. the
7588 // pointer to the actual value) instead of a pointer to the pointer to the
7589 // value.
7590 QualType DeclType = D->getType();
7591 bool IsReference = DeclType->isReferenceType();
7592
7593 // Function parameters.
7594 // Note that it's important to check them first since we might have a local
7595 // variable created for a ParmVarDecl as well.
7596 if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7597 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
7598 !DeclType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7599 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7600 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7601 }
7602 if (auto It = this->Params.find(PVD); It != this->Params.end()) {
7603 if (IsReference || !It->second.IsPtr)
7604 return this->emitGetParam(classifyPrim(E), It->second.Index, E);
7605
7606 return this->emitGetPtrParam(It->second.Index, E);
7607 }
7608
7609 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7610 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7611 /*InitializerFailed=*/false, E);
7612 }
7613 // Local variables.
7614 if (auto It = Locals.find(D); It != Locals.end()) {
7615 const unsigned Offset = It->second.Offset;
7616 if (IsReference) {
7617 assert(classifyPrim(E) == PT_Ptr);
7618 return this->emitGetRefLocal(Offset, E);
7619 }
7620 return this->emitGetPtrLocal(Offset, E);
7621 }
7622 // Global variables.
7623 if (auto GlobalIndex = P.getGlobal(D)) {
7624 if (IsReference) {
7625 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7626 return this->emitGetGlobal(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7627 return this->emitGetGlobalUnchecked(classifyPrim(E), *GlobalIndex, E);
7628 }
7629
7630 return this->emitGetPtrGlobal(*GlobalIndex, E);
7631 }
7632
7633 // In case we need to re-visit a declaration.
7634 auto revisit = [&](const VarDecl *VD,
7635 bool IsConstexprUnknown = true) -> bool {
7637 IsConstexprUnknown);
7638 if (!this->emitPushCC(VD->hasConstantInitialization(), E))
7639 return false;
7640 auto VarState = this->visitDecl(VD);
7641
7642 if (!this->emitPopCC(E))
7643 return false;
7644
7645 if (VarState.notCreated())
7646 return true;
7647 if (!VarState)
7648 return false;
7649 // Retry.
7650 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7651 };
7652
7653 if constexpr (!std::is_same_v<Emitter, EvalEmitter>) {
7654 // Lambda captures.
7655 if (auto It = this->LambdaCaptures.find(D);
7656 It != this->LambdaCaptures.end()) {
7657 auto [Offset, IsPtr] = It->second;
7658
7659 if (IsPtr)
7660 return this->emitGetThisFieldPtr(Offset, E);
7661 return this->emitGetPtrThisField(Offset, E);
7662 }
7663 }
7664
7665 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7666 DRE && DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
7667 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); VD && VD->isInitCapture())
7668 return revisit(VD);
7669 }
7670
7671 if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
7672 return this->visit(BD->getBinding());
7673
7674 // Avoid infinite recursion.
7675 if (D == InitializingDecl)
7676 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7677
7678 // Try to lazily visit (or emit dummy pointers for) declarations
7679 // we haven't seen yet.
7680 const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7681 if (!VD)
7682 return this->emitError(E);
7683
7684 // For C.
7685 if (!Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7686 if (VD->getInit() && DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) &&
7687 !VD->isWeak() && VD->evaluateValue())
7688 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/false);
7689 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7690 }
7691
7692 // ... and C++.
7693 const auto typeShouldBeVisited = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
7694 if (T.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()))
7695 return true;
7696 return T->isReferenceType();
7697 };
7698
7699 if ((VD->hasGlobalStorage() || VD->isStaticDataMember()) &&
7700 typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType)) {
7701 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
7702 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7703 // Whether or not the evaluation is successul doesn't really matter
7704 // here -- we will create a global variable in any case, and that
7705 // will have the state of initializer evaluation attached.
7706 APValue V;
7708 (void)Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(V, Ctx.getASTContext(), VD, Notes,
7709 true);
7710 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7711 }
7712 return revisit(VD);
7713 }
7714
7715 // FIXME: The evaluateValue() check here is a little ridiculous, since
7716 // it will ultimately call into Context::evaluateAsInitializer(). In
7717 // other words, we're evaluating the initializer, just to know if we can
7718 // evaluate the initializer.
7719 if (VD->isLocalVarDecl() && typeShouldBeVisited(DeclType) && VD->getInit() &&
7720 !VD->getInit()->isValueDependent()) {
7721 if (VD->evaluateValue()) {
7722 bool IsConstexprUnknown = !DeclType.isConstant(Ctx.getASTContext()) &&
7723 !DeclType->isReferenceType();
7724 // Revisit the variable declaration, but make sure it's associated with a
7725 // different evaluation, so e.g. mutable reads don't work on it.
7726 EvalIDScope _(Ctx);
7727 return revisit(VD, IsConstexprUnknown);
7728 } else if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && IsReference)
7729 return revisit(VD, /*IsConstexprUnknown=*/true);
7730
7731 if (IsReference)
7732 return this->emitInvalidDeclRef(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E),
7733 /*InitializerFailed=*/true, E);
7734 }
7735
7736 return this->emitDummyPtr(D, E);
7737}
7738
7739template <class Emitter>
7741 const auto *D = E->getDecl();
7742 return this->visitDeclRef(D, E);
7743}
7744
7745template <class Emitter> bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitCleanup() {
7746 for (VariableScope<Emitter> *C = VarScope; C; C = C->getParent()) {
7747 if (!C->destroyLocals())
7748 return false;
7749 }
7750 return true;
7751}
7752
7753template <class Emitter>
7754unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::collectBaseOffset(const QualType BaseType,
7755 const QualType DerivedType) {
7756 const auto extractRecordDecl = [](QualType Ty) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
7757 if (const auto *R = Ty->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl())
7758 return R;
7759 return Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7760 };
7761 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = extractRecordDecl(BaseType);
7762 const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl = extractRecordDecl(DerivedType);
7763
7764 return Ctx.collectBaseOffset(BaseDecl, DerivedDecl);
7765}
7766
7767/// Emit casts from a PrimType to another PrimType.
7768template <class Emitter>
7769bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitPrimCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7770 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7771
7772 if (FromT == PT_Float) {
7773 // Floating to floating.
7774 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7775 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7776 return this->emitCastFP(ToSem, getRoundingMode(E), E);
7777 }
7778
7779 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7780 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAP(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7781 getFPOptions(E), E);
7782 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7783 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegralAPS(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT),
7784 getFPOptions(E), E);
7785
7786 // Float to integral.
7787 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7788 return this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(ToT, getFPOptions(E), E);
7789 }
7790
7791 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(FromT) || FromT == PT_Bool) {
7792 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7793 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7794 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7795 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7796
7797 // Integral to integral.
7798 if (isIntegerOrBoolType(ToT) || ToT == PT_Bool)
7799 return FromT != ToT ? this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E) : true;
7800
7801 if (ToT == PT_Float) {
7802 // Integral to floating.
7803 const llvm::fltSemantics *ToSem = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToQT);
7804 return this->emitCastIntegralFloating(FromT, ToSem, getFPOptions(E), E);
7805 }
7806 }
7807
7808 return false;
7809}
7810
7811template <class Emitter>
7812bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitIntegralCast(PrimType FromT, PrimType ToT,
7813 QualType ToQT, const Expr *E) {
7814 assert(FromT != ToT);
7815
7816 if (ToT == PT_IntAP)
7817 return this->emitCastAP(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7818 if (ToT == PT_IntAPS)
7819 return this->emitCastAPS(FromT, Ctx.getBitWidth(ToQT), E);
7820
7821 return this->emitCast(FromT, ToT, E);
7822}
7823
7824/// Emits __real(SubExpr)
7825template <class Emitter>
7826bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexReal(const Expr *SubExpr) {
7827 assert(SubExpr->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
7828
7829 if (DiscardResult)
7830 return this->discard(SubExpr);
7831
7832 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
7833 return false;
7834 if (SubExpr->isLValue()) {
7835 if (!this->emitConstUint8(0, SubExpr))
7836 return false;
7837 return this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint8(SubExpr);
7838 }
7839
7840 // Rvalue, load the actual element.
7841 return this->emitArrayElemPop(classifyComplexElementType(SubExpr->getType()),
7842 0, SubExpr);
7843}
7844
7845template <class Emitter>
7846bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexBoolCast(const Expr *E) {
7847 assert(!DiscardResult);
7848 PrimType ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(E->getType());
7849 // We emit the expression (__real(E) != 0 || __imag(E) != 0)
7850 // for us, that means (bool)E[0] || (bool)E[1]
7851 if (!this->emitArrayElem(ElemT, 0, E))
7852 return false;
7853 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7854 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7855 return false;
7856 } else {
7857 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7858 return false;
7859 }
7860
7861 // We now have the bool value of E[0] on the stack.
7862 LabelTy LabelTrue = this->getLabel();
7863 if (!this->jumpTrue(LabelTrue, E))
7864 return false;
7865
7866 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, 1, E))
7867 return false;
7868 if (ElemT == PT_Float) {
7869 if (!this->emitCastFloatingIntegral(PT_Bool, getFPOptions(E), E))
7870 return false;
7871 } else {
7872 if (!this->emitCast(ElemT, PT_Bool, E))
7873 return false;
7874 }
7875 // Leave the boolean value of E[1] on the stack.
7876 LabelTy EndLabel = this->getLabel();
7877 this->jump(EndLabel, E);
7878
7879 this->emitLabel(LabelTrue);
7880 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
7881 return false;
7882 if (!this->emitConstBool(true, E))
7883 return false;
7884
7885 this->fallthrough(EndLabel);
7886 this->emitLabel(EndLabel);
7887
7888 return true;
7889}
7890
7891template <class Emitter>
7892bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitComplexComparison(const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS,
7893 const BinaryOperator *E) {
7894 assert(E->isComparisonOp());
7895 assert(!Initializing);
7896 if (DiscardResult)
7897 return this->discard(LHS) && this->discard(RHS);
7898
7899 PrimType ElemT;
7900 bool LHSIsComplex;
7901 unsigned LHSOffset;
7902 if (LHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7903 LHSIsComplex = true;
7904 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(LHS->getType());
7905 LHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7906 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7907 return false;
7908 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, LHSOffset, E))
7909 return false;
7910 } else {
7911 LHSIsComplex = false;
7912 PrimType LHST = classifyPrim(LHS->getType());
7913 LHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(LHS, LHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7914 if (!this->visit(LHS))
7915 return false;
7916 if (!this->emitSetLocal(LHST, LHSOffset, E))
7917 return false;
7918 }
7919
7920 bool RHSIsComplex;
7921 unsigned RHSOffset;
7922 if (RHS->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
7923 RHSIsComplex = true;
7924 ElemT = classifyComplexElementType(RHS->getType());
7925 RHSOffset = allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
7926 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7927 return false;
7928 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, RHSOffset, E))
7929 return false;
7930 } else {
7931 RHSIsComplex = false;
7932 PrimType RHST = classifyPrim(RHS->getType());
7933 RHSOffset = this->allocateLocalPrimitive(RHS, RHST, /*IsConst=*/true);
7934 if (!this->visit(RHS))
7935 return false;
7936 if (!this->emitSetLocal(RHST, RHSOffset, E))
7937 return false;
7938 }
7939
7940 auto getElem = [&](unsigned LocalOffset, unsigned Index,
7941 bool IsComplex) -> bool {
7942 if (IsComplex) {
7943 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, LocalOffset, E))
7944 return false;
7945 return this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, Index, E);
7946 }
7947 return this->emitGetLocal(ElemT, LocalOffset, E);
7948 };
7949
7950 for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
7951 // Get both values.
7952 if (!getElem(LHSOffset, I, LHSIsComplex))
7953 return false;
7954 if (!getElem(RHSOffset, I, RHSIsComplex))
7955 return false;
7956 // And compare them.
7957 if (!this->emitEQ(ElemT, E))
7958 return false;
7959
7960 if (!this->emitCastBoolUint8(E))
7961 return false;
7962 }
7963
7964 // We now have two bool values on the stack. Compare those.
7965 if (!this->emitAddUint8(E))
7966 return false;
7967 if (!this->emitConstUint8(2, E))
7968 return false;
7969
7970 if (E->getOpcode() == BO_EQ) {
7971 if (!this->emitEQUint8(E))
7972 return false;
7973 } else if (E->getOpcode() == BO_NE) {
7974 if (!this->emitNEUint8(E))
7975 return false;
7976 } else
7977 return false;
7978
7979 // In C, this returns an int.
7980 if (PrimType ResT = classifyPrim(E->getType()); ResT != PT_Bool)
7981 return this->emitCast(PT_Bool, ResT, E);
7982 return true;
7983}
7984
7985/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
7986/// on the stack.
7987/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
7988template <class Emitter>
7989bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitRecordDestructionPop(const Record *R,
7990 SourceInfo Loc) {
7991 assert(R);
7992 assert(!R->hasTrivialDtor());
7993 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = R->getDestructor();
7994 assert(Dtor);
7995 const Function *DtorFunc = getFunction(Dtor);
7996 if (!DtorFunc)
7997 return false;
7998 assert(DtorFunc->hasThisPointer());
7999 assert(DtorFunc->getNumParams() == 1);
8000 return this->emitCall(DtorFunc, 0, Loc);
8001}
8002/// When calling this, we have a pointer of the local-to-destroy
8003/// on the stack.
8004/// Emit destruction of record types (or arrays of record types).
8005template <class Emitter>
8006bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDestructionPop(const Descriptor *Desc,
8007 SourceInfo Loc) {
8008 assert(Desc);
8009 assert(!Desc->hasTrivialDtor());
8010
8011 // Arrays.
8012 if (Desc->isArray()) {
8013 const Descriptor *ElemDesc = Desc->ElemDesc;
8014 assert(ElemDesc);
8015
8016 unsigned N = Desc->getNumElems();
8017 if (N == 0)
8018 return this->emitPopPtr(Loc);
8019
8020 for (ssize_t I = N - 1; I >= 1; --I) {
8021 if (!this->emitConstUint64(I, Loc))
8022 return false;
8023 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint64(Loc))
8024 return false;
8025 if (!this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc))
8026 return false;
8027 }
8028 // Last iteration, removes the instance pointer from the stack.
8029 if (!this->emitConstUint64(0, Loc))
8030 return false;
8031 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint64(Loc))
8032 return false;
8033 return this->emitDestructionPop(ElemDesc, Loc);
8034 }
8035
8036 assert(Desc->ElemRecord);
8037 assert(!Desc->ElemRecord->hasTrivialDtor());
8038 return this->emitRecordDestructionPop(Desc->ElemRecord, Loc);
8039}
8040
8041/// Create a dummy pointer for the given decl (or expr) and
8042/// push a pointer to it on the stack.
8043template <class Emitter>
8044bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitDummyPtr(const DeclTy &D, const Expr *E) {
8045 assert(!DiscardResult && "Should've been checked before");
8046 unsigned DummyID = P.getOrCreateDummy(D);
8047
8048 if (!this->emitGetPtrGlobal(DummyID, E))
8049 return false;
8050 if (E->getType()->isVoidType())
8051 return true;
8052
8053 // Convert the dummy pointer to another pointer type if we have to.
8054 if (PrimType PT = classifyPrim(E); PT != PT_Ptr) {
8055 if (isPtrType(PT))
8056 return this->emitDecayPtr(PT_Ptr, PT, E);
8057 return false;
8058 }
8059 return true;
8060}
8061
8062template <class Emitter>
8063bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitFloat(const APFloat &F, const Expr *E) {
8064 if (Floating::singleWord(F.getSemantics()))
8065 return this->emitConstFloat(Floating(F), E);
8066
8067 APInt I = F.bitcastToAPInt();
8068 return this->emitConstFloat(
8069 Floating(const_cast<uint64_t *>(I.getRawData()),
8070 llvm::APFloatBase::SemanticsToEnum(F.getSemantics())),
8071 E);
8072}
8073
8074// This function is constexpr if and only if To, From, and the types of
8075// all subobjects of To and From are types T such that...
8076// (3.1) - is_union_v<T> is false;
8077// (3.2) - is_pointer_v<T> is false;
8078// (3.3) - is_member_pointer_v<T> is false;
8079// (3.4) - is_volatile_v<T> is false; and
8080// (3.5) - T has no non-static data members of reference type
8081template <class Emitter>
8082bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitBuiltinBitCast(const CastExpr *E) {
8083 const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
8084 QualType FromType = SubExpr->getType();
8085 QualType ToType = E->getType();
8086 OptPrimType ToT = classify(ToType);
8087
8088 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
8089
8090 // Prepare storage for the result in case we discard.
8091 if (DiscardResult && !Initializing && !ToT) {
8092 UnsignedOrNone LocalIndex = allocateLocal(E);
8093 if (!LocalIndex)
8094 return false;
8095 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(*LocalIndex, E))
8096 return false;
8097 }
8098
8099 // Get a pointer to the value-to-cast on the stack.
8100 // For CK_LValueToRValueBitCast, this is always an lvalue and
8101 // we later assume it to be one (i.e. a PT_Ptr). However,
8102 // we call this function for other utility methods where
8103 // a bitcast might be useful, so convert it to a PT_Ptr in that case.
8104 if (SubExpr->isGLValue() || FromType->isVectorType()) {
8105 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8106 return false;
8107 } else if (OptPrimType FromT = classify(SubExpr)) {
8108 unsigned TempOffset =
8109 allocateLocalPrimitive(SubExpr, *FromT, /*IsConst=*/true);
8110 if (!this->visit(SubExpr))
8111 return false;
8112 if (!this->emitSetLocal(*FromT, TempOffset, E))
8113 return false;
8114 if (!this->emitGetPtrLocal(TempOffset, E))
8115 return false;
8116 } else {
8117 return false;
8118 }
8119
8120 if (!ToT) {
8121 if (!this->emitBitCast(E))
8122 return false;
8123 return DiscardResult ? this->emitPopPtr(E) : true;
8124 }
8125 assert(ToT);
8126
8127 const llvm::fltSemantics *TargetSemantics = nullptr;
8128 if (ToT == PT_Float)
8129 TargetSemantics = &Ctx.getFloatSemantics(ToType);
8130
8131 // Conversion to a primitive type. FromType can be another
8132 // primitive type, or a record/array.
8133 bool ToTypeIsUChar = (ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
8134 ToType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
8135 uint32_t ResultBitWidth = std::max(Ctx.getBitWidth(ToType), 8u);
8136
8137 if (!this->emitBitCastPrim(*ToT, ToTypeIsUChar || ToType->isStdByteType(),
8138 ResultBitWidth, TargetSemantics,
8139 ToType.getTypePtr(), E))
8140 return false;
8141
8142 if (DiscardResult)
8143 return this->emitPop(*ToT, E);
8144
8145 return true;
8146}
8147
8148/// Replicate a scalar value into every scalar element of an aggregate.
8149/// The scalar is stored in a local at \p SrcOffset and a pointer to the
8150/// destination must be on top of the interpreter stack. Each element receives
8151/// the scalar, cast to its own type.
8152template <class Emitter>
8153bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLAggregateSplat(PrimType SrcT,
8154 unsigned SrcOffset,
8155 QualType DestType,
8156 const Expr *E) {
8157 // Vectors and matrices are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8158 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8159 QualType ElemType;
8160 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8161 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8162 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8163 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8164 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8165 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8166 }
8167 if (NumElems > 0) {
8168 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8169 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8170 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8171 return false;
8172 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, ElemT, ElemType, E))
8173 return false;
8174 if (!this->emitInitElem(ElemT, I, E))
8175 return false;
8176 }
8177 return true;
8178 }
8179
8180 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8181 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8182 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8183 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8184 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8185 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8186
8187 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8188 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8189 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8190 return false;
8191 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *ElemT, ArrElemType, E))
8192 return false;
8193 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8194 return false;
8195 }
8196 } else {
8197 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8198 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8199 return false;
8200 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8201 return false;
8202 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, ArrElemType, E))
8203 return false;
8204 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8205 return false;
8206 }
8207 }
8208 return true;
8209 }
8210
8211 // Records: fill base classes first, then named fields in declaration
8212 // order.
8213 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8214 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8215 if (!R)
8216 return false;
8217
8218 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8219 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8220 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8221 assert(B);
8222 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8223 return false;
8224 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, BS.getType(), E))
8225 return false;
8226 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8227 return false;
8228 }
8229 }
8230
8231 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8232 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8233 continue;
8234
8235 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8236 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8237 if (!this->emitGetLocal(SrcT, SrcOffset, E))
8238 return false;
8239 if (!this->emitPrimCast(SrcT, *FieldT, FieldType, E))
8240 return false;
8241 if (F.isBitField()) {
8242 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8243 return false;
8244 } else {
8245 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8246 return false;
8247 }
8248 } else {
8249 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8250 return false;
8251 if (!emitHLSLAggregateSplat(SrcT, SrcOffset, FieldType, E))
8252 return false;
8253 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8254 return false;
8255 }
8256 }
8257 return true;
8258 }
8259
8260 return false;
8261}
8262
8263/// Return the total number of scalar elements in a type. This is used
8264/// to cap how many source elements are extracted during an elementwise cast,
8265/// so we never flatten more than the destination can hold.
8266template <class Emitter>
8267unsigned Compiler<Emitter>::countHLSLFlatElements(QualType Ty) {
8268 // Vector and matrix types are treated as flat sequences of elements.
8269 if (const auto *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>())
8270 return VT->getNumElements();
8271 if (const auto *MT = Ty->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>())
8272 return MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8273 // Arrays: total count is array size * scalar elements per element.
8274 if (const auto *AT = Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8275 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8276 return CAT->getZExtSize() * countHLSLFlatElements(CAT->getElementType());
8277 }
8278 // Records: sum scalar element counts of base classes and named fields.
8279 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
8280 const Record *R = getRecord(Ty);
8281 if (!R)
8282 return 0;
8283 unsigned Count = 0;
8284 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8285 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
8286 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(BS.getType());
8287 }
8288 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8289 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8290 continue;
8291 Count += countHLSLFlatElements(F.Decl->getType());
8292 }
8293 return Count;
8294 }
8295 // Scalar primitive types contribute one element.
8296 if (canClassify(Ty))
8297 return 1;
8298 return 0;
8299}
8300
8301/// Walk a source aggregate and extract every scalar element into its own local
8302/// variable. The results are appended to \p Elements in declaration order,
8303/// stopping once \p MaxElements have been collected. A pointer to the
8304/// source aggregate must be stored in the local at \p SrcOffset.
8305template <class Emitter>
8306bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(
8307 QualType SrcType, unsigned SrcOffset,
8308 SmallVectorImpl<HLSLFlatElement> &Elements, unsigned MaxElements,
8309 const Expr *E) {
8310
8311 // Save a scalar value from the stack into a new local and record it.
8312 auto saveToLocal = [&](PrimType T) -> bool {
8313 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, T, /*IsConst=*/true);
8314 if (!this->emitSetLocal(T, Offset, E))
8315 return false;
8316 Elements.push_back({Offset, T});
8317 return true;
8318 };
8319
8320 // Save a pointer from the stack into a new local for later use.
8321 auto savePtrToLocal = [&]() -> UnsignedOrNone {
8322 unsigned Offset = allocateLocalPrimitive(E, PT_Ptr, /*IsConst=*/true);
8323 if (!this->emitSetLocal(PT_Ptr, Offset, E))
8324 return std::nullopt;
8325 return Offset;
8326 };
8327
8328 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8329 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8330 QualType ElemType;
8331 if (const auto *VT = SrcType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8332 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8333 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8334 } else if (const auto *MT = SrcType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8335 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8336 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8337 }
8338 if (NumElems > 0) {
8339 PrimType ElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8340 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8341 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8342 return false;
8343 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(ElemT, I, E))
8344 return false;
8345 if (!saveToLocal(ElemT))
8346 return false;
8347 }
8348 return true;
8349 }
8350
8351 // Arrays: primitive elements are extracted directly; composite elements
8352 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8353 if (const auto *AT = SrcType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8354 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8355 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8356 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8357
8358 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8359 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8360 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8361 return false;
8362 if (!this->emitArrayElemPop(*ElemT, I, E))
8363 return false;
8364 if (!saveToLocal(*ElemT))
8365 return false;
8366 }
8367 } else {
8368 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize && Elements.size() < MaxElements; ++I) {
8369 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8370 return false;
8371 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8372 return false;
8373 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrPopUint32(E))
8374 return false;
8375 UnsignedOrNone ElemPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8376 if (!ElemPtrOffset)
8377 return false;
8378 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(ArrElemType, *ElemPtrOffset, Elements,
8379 MaxElements, E))
8380 return false;
8381 }
8382 }
8383 return true;
8384 }
8385
8386 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8387 // order.
8388 if (SrcType->isRecordType()) {
8389 const Record *R = getRecord(SrcType);
8390 if (!R)
8391 return false;
8392
8393 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8394 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8395 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8396 break;
8397 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8398 assert(B);
8399 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8400 return false;
8401 if (!this->emitGetPtrBasePop(B->Offset, /*NullOK=*/false, E))
8402 return false;
8403 UnsignedOrNone BasePtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8404 if (!BasePtrOffset)
8405 return false;
8406 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(BS.getType(), *BasePtrOffset, Elements,
8407 MaxElements, E))
8408 return false;
8409 }
8410 }
8411
8412 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8413 if (Elements.size() >= MaxElements)
8414 break;
8415 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8416 continue;
8417
8418 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8419 if (!this->emitGetLocal(PT_Ptr, SrcOffset, E))
8420 return false;
8421 if (!this->emitGetPtrFieldPop(F.Offset, E))
8422 return false;
8423
8424 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8425 if (!this->emitLoadPop(*FieldT, E))
8426 return false;
8427 if (!saveToLocal(*FieldT))
8428 return false;
8429 } else {
8430 UnsignedOrNone FieldPtrOffset = savePtrToLocal();
8431 if (!FieldPtrOffset)
8432 return false;
8433 if (!emitHLSLFlattenAggregate(FieldType, *FieldPtrOffset, Elements,
8434 MaxElements, E))
8435 return false;
8436 }
8437 }
8438 return true;
8439 }
8440
8441 return false;
8442}
8443
8444/// Populate an HLSL aggregate from a flat list of previously extracted source
8445/// elements, casting each to the corresponding destination element type.
8446/// \p ElemIdx tracks the current position in \p Elements and is advanced as
8447/// elements are consumed. A pointer to the destination must be on top of the
8448/// interpreter stack.
8449template <class Emitter>
8450bool Compiler<Emitter>::emitHLSLConstructAggregate(
8451 QualType DestType, ArrayRef<HLSLFlatElement> Elements, unsigned &ElemIdx,
8452 const Expr *E) {
8453
8454 // Consume the next source element, cast it, and leave it on the stack.
8455 auto loadAndCast = [&](PrimType DestT, QualType DestQT) -> bool {
8456 const auto &Src = Elements[ElemIdx++];
8457 if (!this->emitGetLocal(Src.Type, Src.LocalOffset, E))
8458 return false;
8459 return this->emitPrimCast(Src.Type, DestT, DestQT, E);
8460 };
8461
8462 // Vectors and matrices are flat sequences of elements.
8463 unsigned NumElems = 0;
8464 QualType ElemType;
8465 if (const auto *VT = DestType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
8466 NumElems = VT->getNumElements();
8467 ElemType = VT->getElementType();
8468 } else if (const auto *MT = DestType->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>()) {
8469 NumElems = MT->getNumElementsFlattened();
8470 ElemType = MT->getElementType();
8471 }
8472 if (NumElems > 0) {
8473 PrimType DestElemT = classifyPrim(ElemType);
8474 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumElems; ++I) {
8475 if (!loadAndCast(DestElemT, ElemType))
8476 return false;
8477 if (!this->emitInitElem(DestElemT, I, E))
8478 return false;
8479 }
8480 return true;
8481 }
8482
8483 // Arrays: primitive elements are filled directly; composite elements
8484 // require recursion into each sub-aggregate.
8485 if (const auto *AT = DestType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
8486 const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
8487 QualType ArrElemType = CAT->getElementType();
8488 unsigned ArrSize = CAT->getZExtSize();
8489
8490 if (OptPrimType ElemT = classify(ArrElemType)) {
8491 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8492 if (!loadAndCast(*ElemT, ArrElemType))
8493 return false;
8494 if (!this->emitInitElem(*ElemT, I, E))
8495 return false;
8496 }
8497 } else {
8498 for (unsigned I = 0; I != ArrSize; ++I) {
8499 if (!this->emitConstUint32(I, E))
8500 return false;
8501 if (!this->emitArrayElemPtrUint32(E))
8502 return false;
8503 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(ArrElemType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8504 return false;
8505 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8506 return false;
8507 }
8508 }
8509 return true;
8510 }
8511
8512 // Records: base classes come first, then named fields in declaration
8513 // order.
8514 if (DestType->isRecordType()) {
8515 const Record *R = getRecord(DestType);
8516 if (!R)
8517 return false;
8518
8519 if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getDecl())) {
8520 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases()) {
8521 const Record::Base *B = R->getBase(BS.getType());
8522 assert(B);
8523 if (!this->emitGetPtrBase(B->Offset, E))
8524 return false;
8525 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(BS.getType(), Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8526 return false;
8527 if (!this->emitFinishInitPop(E))
8528 return false;
8529 }
8530 }
8531
8532 for (const Record::Field &F : R->fields()) {
8533 if (F.isUnnamedBitField())
8534 continue;
8535
8536 QualType FieldType = F.Decl->getType();
8537 if (OptPrimType FieldT = classify(FieldType)) {
8538 if (!loadAndCast(*FieldT, FieldType))
8539 return false;
8540 if (F.isBitField()) {
8541 if (!this->emitInitBitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, F.bitWidth(), E))
8542 return false;
8543 } else {
8544 if (!this->emitInitField(*FieldT, F.Offset, E))
8545 return false;
8546 }
8547 } else {
8548 if (!this->emitGetPtrField(F.Offset, E))
8549 return false;
8550 if (!emitHLSLConstructAggregate(FieldType, Elements, ElemIdx, E))
8551 return false;
8552 if (!this->emitPopPtr(E))
8553 return false;
8554 }
8555 }
8556 return true;
8557 }
8558
8559 return false;
8560}
8561
8562namespace clang {
8563namespace interp {
8564
8565template class Compiler<ByteCodeEmitter>;
8566template class Compiler<EvalEmitter>;
8567
8568} // namespace interp
8569} // namespace clang
#define V(N, I)
static void emit(Program &P, llvm::SmallVectorImpl< std::byte > &Code, const T &Val, bool &Success)
Helper to write bytecode and bail out if 32-bit offsets become invalid.
static void emitCleanup(CIRGenFunction &cgf, cir::CleanupScopeOp cleanupScope, EHScopeStack::Cleanup *cleanup, EHScopeStack::Cleanup::Flags flags, Address activeFlag)
static uint32_t getBitWidth(const Expr *E)
#define EMIT_ARITH_OP(OP)
static CharUnits AlignOfType(QualType T, const ASTContext &ASTCtx, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait Kind)
static const Expr * stripDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static const Expr * stripCheckedDerivedToBaseCasts(const Expr *E)
static bool hasTrivialDefaultCtorParent(const FieldDecl *FD)
static bool initNeedsOverridenLoc(const CXXCtorInitializer *Init)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition Compiler.cpp:24
Result
Implement __builtin_bit_cast and related operations.
a trap message and trap category.
llvm::APInt getValue() const
APValue - This class implements a discriminated union of [uninitialized] [APSInt] [APFloat],...
Definition APValue.h:122
const LValueBase getLValueBase() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1015
APValue & getArrayInitializedElt(unsigned I)
Definition APValue.h:626
ArrayRef< LValuePathEntry > getLValuePath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1035
APSInt & getInt()
Definition APValue.h:508
APValue & getStructField(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:667
const FieldDecl * getUnionField() const
Definition APValue.h:679
unsigned getStructNumFields() const
Definition APValue.h:658
bool isArray() const
Definition APValue.h:493
bool isMemberPointerToDerivedMember() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1105
bool isFloat() const
Definition APValue.h:486
unsigned getStructNumBases() const
Definition APValue.h:654
const ValueDecl * getMemberPointerDecl() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1098
APValue & getUnionValue()
Definition APValue.h:683
bool isLValue() const
Definition APValue.h:490
ArrayRef< const CXXRecordDecl * > getMemberPointerPath() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1112
bool isMemberPointer() const
Definition APValue.h:496
bool isInt() const
Definition APValue.h:485
unsigned getArraySize() const
Definition APValue.h:649
bool isUnion() const
Definition APValue.h:495
@ None
There is no such object (it's outside its lifetime).
Definition APValue.h:129
bool isStruct() const
Definition APValue.h:494
bool isNullPointer() const
Definition APValue.cpp:1051
APFloat & getFloat()
Definition APValue.h:522
APValue & getStructBase(unsigned i)
Definition APValue.h:662
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition ASTContext.h:227
CharUnits getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const
Return the ABI-specified alignment of a (complete) type T, in characters.
unsigned getPreferredTypeAlign(QualType T) const
Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified type T for the current target, in bits.
const LangOptions & getLangOpts() const
Definition ASTContext.h:959
unsigned getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const
Get default simd alignment of the specified complete type in bits.
TypeInfoChars getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const
CharUnits getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof=false) const
Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the specified decl D.
llvm::FixedPointSemantics getFixedPointSemantics(QualType Ty) const
CharUnits getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const
Return the size of the specified (complete) type T, in characters.
const VariableArrayType * getAsVariableArrayType(QualType T) const
CharUnits toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const
Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
AbstractConditionalOperator - An abstract base class for ConditionalOperator and BinaryConditionalOpe...
Definition Expr.h:4356
Expr * getCond() const
getCond - Return the expression representing the condition for the ?
Definition Expr.h:4534
Expr * getTrueExpr() const
getTrueExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eval...
Definition Expr.h:4540
Expr * getFalseExpr() const
getFalseExpr - Return the subexpression representing the value of the expression if the condition eva...
Definition Expr.h:4546
AddrLabelExpr - The GNU address of label extension, representing &&label.
Definition Expr.h:4553
Represents the index of the current element of an array being initialized by an ArrayInitLoopExpr.
Definition Expr.h:6022
Represents a loop initializing the elements of an array.
Definition Expr.h:5969
llvm::APInt getArraySize() const
Definition Expr.h:5991
OpaqueValueExpr * getCommonExpr() const
Get the common subexpression shared by all initializations (the source array).
Definition Expr.h:5984
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Get the initializer to use for each array element.
Definition Expr.h:5989
ArraySubscriptExpr - [C99 6.5.2.1] Array Subscripting.
Definition Expr.h:2724
Expr * getLHS()
An array access can be written A[4] or 4[A] (both are equivalent).
Definition Expr.h:2753
An Embarcadero array type trait, as used in the implementation of __array_rank and __array_extent.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3000
uint64_t getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:3048
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3777
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3789
Attr - This represents one attribute.
Definition Attr.h:46
Represents an attribute applied to a statement.
Definition Stmt.h:2209
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2245
ArrayRef< const Attr * > getAttrs() const
Definition Stmt.h:2241
Represents a C++ declaration that introduces decls from somewhere else.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3501
A builtin binary operation expression such as "x + y" or "x <= y".
Definition Expr.h:4041
static bool isLogicalOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4174
Expr * getLHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4091
static bool isComparisonOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4141
static bool isShiftOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4129
static bool isCommaOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4144
static Opcode getOpForCompoundAssignment(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4188
Expr * getRHS() const
Definition Expr.h:4093
static bool isPtrMemOp(Opcode Opc)
predicates to categorize the respective opcodes.
Definition Expr.h:4118
static bool isAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4177
static bool isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4182
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:4086
static bool isBitwiseOp(Opcode Opc)
Definition Expr.h:4132
BlockExpr - Adaptor class for mixing a BlockDecl with expressions.
Definition Expr.h:6673
BreakStmt - This represents a break.
Definition Stmt.h:3141
Represents a C++2a __builtin_bit_cast(T, v) expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5472
Represents a base class of a C++ class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:146
Represents binding an expression to a temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1497
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1519
A boolean literal, per ([C++ lex.bool] Boolean literals).
Definition ExprCXX.h:727
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:744
Represents a call to a C++ constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1552
bool isElidable() const
Whether this construction is elidable.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1621
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
Return the specified argument.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1695
arg_range arguments()
Definition ExprCXX.h:1676
bool requiresZeroInitialization() const
Whether this construction first requires zero-initialization before the initializer is called.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1654
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will (ultimately) call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1615
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Return the number of arguments to the constructor call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1692
Represents a C++ constructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2620
bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const
Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3071
Represents a C++ base or member initializer.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2385
A default argument (C++ [dcl.fct.default]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1274
A use of a default initializer in a constructor or in aggregate initialization.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1381
Expr * getExpr()
Get the initialization expression that will be used.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1107
Represents a delete expression for memory deallocation and destructor calls, e.g.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2630
FunctionDecl * getOperatorDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2669
bool isArrayForm() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2656
bool isGlobalDelete() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2655
Represents a C++ destructor within a class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2882
A C++ dynamic_cast expression (C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:485
CXXForRangeStmt - This represents C++0x [stmt.ranged]'s ranged for statement, represented as 'for (ra...
Definition StmtCXX.h:135
DeclStmt * getBeginStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:163
DeclStmt * getLoopVarStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:169
DeclStmt * getEndStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:166
DeclStmt * getRangeStmt()
Definition StmtCXX.h:162
Represents a call to an inherited base class constructor from an inheriting constructor.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1755
CXXConstructorDecl * getConstructor() const
Get the constructor that this expression will call.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1792
Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2132
const CXXRecordDecl * getParent() const
Return the parent of this method declaration, which is the class in which this method is defined.
Definition DeclCXX.h:2271
bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2753
bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const
Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless of whether it was declared implicitl...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2732
bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const
Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member function that is used for the result ...
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:2897
Represents a new-expression for memory allocation and constructor calls, e.g: "new CXXNewExpr(foo)".
Definition ExprCXX.h:2359
bool isArray() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2468
QualType getAllocatedType() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2438
std::optional< Expr * > getArraySize()
This might return std::nullopt even if isArray() returns true, since there might not be an array size...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2473
Expr * getPlacementArg(unsigned I)
Definition ExprCXX.h:2507
unsigned getNumPlacementArgs() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2498
FunctionDecl * getOperatorNew() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2463
Expr * getInitializer()
The initializer of this new-expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2537
Represents a C++11 noexcept expression (C++ [expr.unary.noexcept]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:4309
bool getValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4332
The null pointer literal (C++11 [lex.nullptr])
Definition ExprCXX.h:772
Represents a list-initialization with parenthesis.
Definition ExprCXX.h:5141
MutableArrayRef< Expr * > getInitExprs()
Definition ExprCXX.h:5181
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition DeclCXX.h:258
bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const
Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
Definition DeclCXX.h:1246
bool isGenericLambda() const
Determine whether this class describes a generic lambda function object (i.e.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1679
capture_const_range captures() const
Definition DeclCXX.h:1097
CXXMethodDecl * getLambdaCallOperator() const
Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type if this is a closure type.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:1742
A C++ reinterpret_cast expression (C++ [expr.reinterpret.cast]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:530
A rewritten comparison expression that was originally written using operator syntax.
Definition ExprCXX.h:290
Expr * getSemanticForm()
Get an equivalent semantic form for this expression.
Definition ExprCXX.h:308
An expression "T()" which creates an rvalue of a non-class type T.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2200
Implicit construction of a std::initializer_list<T> object from an array temporary within list-initia...
Definition ExprCXX.h:804
Represents the this expression in C++.
Definition ExprCXX.h:1158
A C++ throw-expression (C++ [except.throw]).
Definition ExprCXX.h:1212
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1232
CXXTryStmt - A C++ try block, including all handlers.
Definition StmtCXX.h:69
CompoundStmt * getTryBlock()
Definition StmtCXX.h:100
A C++ typeid expression (C++ [expr.typeid]), which gets the type_info that corresponds to the supplie...
Definition ExprCXX.h:852
bool isTypeOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:888
QualType getTypeOperand(const ASTContext &Context) const
Retrieves the type operand of this typeid() expression after various required adjustments (removing r...
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:161
Expr * getExprOperand() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:899
bool isPotentiallyEvaluated() const
Determine whether this typeid has a type operand which is potentially evaluated, per C++11 [expr....
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:134
A Microsoft C++ __uuidof expression, which gets the _GUID that corresponds to the supplied type or ex...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1072
MSGuidDecl * getGuidDecl() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:1118
CallExpr - Represents a function call (C99 6.5.2.2, C++ [expr.call]).
Definition Expr.h:2946
Expr * getArg(unsigned Arg)
getArg - Return the specified argument.
Definition Expr.h:3150
FunctionDecl * getDirectCallee()
If the callee is a FunctionDecl, return it. Otherwise return null.
Definition Expr.h:3129
Expr * getCallee()
Definition Expr.h:3093
unsigned getNumArgs() const
getNumArgs - Return the number of actual arguments to this call.
Definition Expr.h:3137
Expr ** getArgs()
Retrieve the call arguments.
Definition Expr.h:3140
arg_range arguments()
Definition Expr.h:3198
QualType getCallReturnType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
getCallReturnType - Get the return type of the call expr.
Definition Expr.cpp:1603
CaseStmt - Represent a case statement.
Definition Stmt.h:1926
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2039
CastExpr - Base class for type casts, including both implicit casts (ImplicitCastExpr) and explicit c...
Definition Expr.h:3679
path_iterator path_begin()
Definition Expr.h:3749
CastKind getCastKind() const
Definition Expr.h:3723
llvm::iterator_range< path_iterator > path()
Path through the class hierarchy taken by casts between base and derived classes (see implementation ...
Definition Expr.h:3766
const FieldDecl * getTargetUnionField() const
Definition Expr.h:3773
path_iterator path_end()
Definition Expr.h:3750
Expr * getSubExpr()
Definition Expr.h:3729
CharUnits - This is an opaque type for sizes expressed in character units.
Definition CharUnits.h:38
bool isZero() const
isZero - Test whether the quantity equals zero.
Definition CharUnits.h:122
QuantityType getQuantity() const
getQuantity - Get the raw integer representation of this quantity.
Definition CharUnits.h:185
static CharUnits One()
One - Construct a CharUnits quantity of one.
Definition CharUnits.h:58
unsigned getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1632
ChooseExpr - GNU builtin-in function __builtin_choose_expr.
Definition Expr.h:4851
Expr * getChosenSubExpr() const
getChosenSubExpr - Return the subexpression chosen according to the condition.
Definition Expr.h:4887
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition TypeBase.h:3330
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3340
CompoundAssignOperator - For compound assignments (e.g.
Definition Expr.h:4303
QualType getComputationLHSType() const
Definition Expr.h:4337
QualType getComputationResultType() const
Definition Expr.h:4340
CompoundLiteralExpr - [C99 6.5.2.5].
Definition Expr.h:3608
bool isFileScope() const
Definition Expr.h:3640
const Expr * getInitializer() const
Definition Expr.h:3636
CompoundStmt - This represents a group of statements like { stmt stmt }.
Definition Stmt.h:1746
body_range body()
Definition Stmt.h:1809
Stmt * body_back()
Definition Stmt.h:1814
Represents the specialization of a concept - evaluates to a prvalue of type bool.
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the concept with the given arguments was satisfied when the expression was created.
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition TypeBase.h:3815
uint64_t getZExtSize() const
Return the size zero-extended as a uint64_t.
Definition TypeBase.h:3891
ConstantExpr - An expression that occurs in a constant context and optionally the result of evaluatin...
Definition Expr.h:1085
APValue getAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.cpp:413
bool hasAPValueResult() const
Definition Expr.h:1160
Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns.
Definition TypeBase.h:4442
ContinueStmt - This represents a continue.
Definition Stmt.h:3125
ConvertVectorExpr - Clang builtin function __builtin_convertvector This AST node provides support for...
Definition Expr.h:4722
Expr * getSrcExpr() const
getSrcExpr - Return the Expr to be converted.
Definition Expr.h:4812
DeclContext * getParent()
getParent - Returns the containing DeclContext.
Definition DeclBase.h:2122
A reference to a declared variable, function, enum, etc.
Definition Expr.h:1273
ValueDecl * getDecl()
Definition Expr.h:1341
DeclStmt - Adaptor class for mixing declarations with statements and expressions.
Definition Stmt.h:1637
decl_range decls()
Definition Stmt.h:1685
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition DeclBase.h:86
bool isInvalidDecl() const
Definition DeclBase.h:596
bool hasAttr() const
Definition DeclBase.h:585
OverloadedOperatorKind getCXXOverloadedOperator() const
If this name is the name of an overloadable operator in C++ (e.g., operator+), retrieve the kind of o...
Stmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Stmt.h:2087
DoStmt - This represents a 'do/while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2838
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2863
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2856
const Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:6582
Represents a reference to emded data.
Definition Expr.h:5129
ChildElementIter< false > begin()
Definition Expr.h:5235
Represents an expression – generally a full-expression – that introduces cleanups to be run at the en...
Definition ExprCXX.h:3661
This represents one expression.
Definition Expr.h:112
const Expr * skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(SmallVectorImpl< const Expr * > &CommaLHS, SmallVectorImpl< SubobjectAdjustment > &Adjustments) const
Walk outwards from an expression we want to bind a reference to and find the expression whose lifetim...
Definition Expr.cpp:84
bool isGLValue() const
Definition Expr.h:287
bool isValueDependent() const
Determines whether the value of this expression depends on.
Definition Expr.h:177
Expr * IgnoreImplicit() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any implicit AST nodes which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3078
bool containsErrors() const
Whether this expression contains subexpressions which had errors.
Definition Expr.h:246
Expr * IgnoreParens() LLVM_READONLY
Skip past any parentheses which might surround this expression until reaching a fixed point.
Definition Expr.cpp:3086
bool isPRValue() const
Definition Expr.h:285
bool isLValue() const
isLValue - True if this expression is an "l-value" according to the rules of the current language.
Definition Expr.h:284
bool HasSideEffects(const ASTContext &Ctx, bool IncludePossibleEffects=true) const
HasSideEffects - This routine returns true for all those expressions which have any effect other than...
Definition Expr.cpp:3688
bool isTemporaryObject(ASTContext &Ctx, const CXXRecordDecl *TempTy) const
Determine whether the result of this expression is a temporary object of the given class type.
Definition Expr.cpp:3253
bool refersToBitField() const
Returns true if this expression is a gl-value that potentially refers to a bit-field.
Definition Expr.h:479
QualType getType() const
Definition Expr.h:144
An expression trait intrinsic.
Definition ExprCXX.h:3073
ExtVectorElementExpr - This represents access to specific elements of a vector, and may occur on the ...
Definition Expr.h:6611
void getEncodedElementAccess(SmallVectorImpl< uint32_t > &Elts) const
getEncodedElementAccess - Encode the elements accessed into an llvm aggregate Constant of ConstantInt...
Definition Expr.cpp:4549
Represents a member of a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:3178
const RecordDecl * getParent() const
Returns the parent of this field declaration, which is the struct in which this field is defined.
Definition Decl.h:3414
llvm::APInt getValue() const
Returns an internal integer representation of the literal.
Definition Expr.h:1578
llvm::APFloat getValue() const
Definition Expr.h:1669
ForStmt - This represents a 'for (init;cond;inc)' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2894
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2909
VarDecl * getConditionVariable() const
Retrieve the variable declared in this "for" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1120
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2938
Expr * getInc()
Definition Stmt.h:2937
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2936
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this ForStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of th...
Definition Stmt.h:2924
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1065
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:2018
const ParmVarDecl * getParamDecl(unsigned i) const
Definition Decl.h:2815
Stmt * getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Retrieve the body (definition) of the function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3274
bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const
Determine whether this function is a function template specialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:4200
FunctionTemplateDecl * getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const
Retrieves the function template that is described by this function declaration.
Definition Decl.cpp:4188
unsigned getBuiltinID(bool ConsiderWrapperFunctions=false) const
Returns a value indicating whether this function corresponds to a builtin function.
Definition Decl.cpp:3757
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition Decl.h:2863
ArrayRef< ParmVarDecl * > parameters() const
Definition Decl.h:2792
bool isTrivial() const
Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses.
Definition Decl.h:2395
const TemplateArgumentList * getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function template specialization from the primar...
Definition Decl.cpp:4324
bool isUsableAsGlobalAllocationFunctionInConstantEvaluation(UnsignedOrNone *AlignmentParam=nullptr, bool *IsNothrow=nullptr) const
Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable global allocation functions described in i...
Definition Decl.cpp:3421
bool isDefaulted() const
Whether this function is defaulted.
Definition Decl.h:2403
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its FunctionType.
Definition Decl.cpp:3821
bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const
Returns true if the function has a body.
Definition Decl.cpp:3194
Declaration of a template function.
FunctionDecl * findSpecialization(ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, void *&InsertPos)
Return the specialization with the provided arguments if it exists, otherwise return the insertion po...
GNUNullExpr - Implements the GNU __null extension, which is a name for a null pointer constant that h...
Definition Expr.h:4926
Represents a C11 generic selection.
Definition Expr.h:6183
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result expression of this controlling expression.
Definition Expr.h:6469
IfStmt - This represents an if/then/else.
Definition Stmt.h:2265
Stmt * getThen()
Definition Stmt.h:2354
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2415
bool isNonNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2450
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2342
bool isNegatedConsteval() const
Definition Stmt.h:2454
Stmt * getElse()
Definition Stmt.h:2363
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this IfStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of tha...
Definition Stmt.h:2398
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "if" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1068
ImaginaryLiteral - We support imaginary integer and floating point literals, like "1....
Definition Expr.h:1734
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:1746
Represents an implicitly-generated value initialization of an object of a given type.
Definition Expr.h:6058
Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent scope.
Definition Decl.h:3485
Describes an C or C++ initializer list.
Definition Expr.h:5302
Expr * getArrayFiller()
If this initializer list initializes an array with more elements than there are initializers in the l...
Definition Expr.h:5402
ArrayRef< Expr * > inits() const
Definition Expr.h:5352
A C++ lambda expression, which produces a function object (of unspecified type) that can be invoked l...
Definition ExprCXX.h:1972
capture_init_iterator capture_init_begin()
Retrieve the first initialization argument for this lambda expression (which initializes the first ca...
Definition ExprCXX.h:2098
CXXRecordDecl * getLambdaClass() const
Retrieve the class that corresponds to the lambda.
Definition ExprCXX.cpp:1402
Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-...
Definition DeclCXX.h:3313
const Stmt * getNamedLoopOrSwitch() const
If this is a named break/continue, get the loop or switch statement that this targets.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1535
A global _GUID constant.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4403
APValue & getAsAPValue() const
Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue.
Definition DeclCXX.cpp:3866
Represents a prvalue temporary that is written into memory so that a reference can bind to it.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4920
StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const
Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4945
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Retrieve the temporary-generating subexpression whose value will be materialized into a glvalue.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4937
ValueDecl * getExtendingDecl()
Get the declaration which triggered the lifetime-extension of this temporary, if any.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4970
LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl * getLifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl()
Definition ExprCXX.h:4960
MemberExpr - [C99 6.5.2.3] Structure and Union Members.
Definition Expr.h:3367
ValueDecl * getMemberDecl() const
Retrieve the member declaration to which this expression refers.
Definition Expr.h:3450
Expr * getBase() const
Definition Expr.h:3444
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition TypeBase.h:3708
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition Decl.h:274
DeclarationName getDeclName() const
Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special name.
Definition Decl.h:340
Represents a C++ namespace alias.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3206
ObjCArrayLiteral - used for objective-c array containers; as in: @["Hello", NSApp,...
Definition ExprObjC.h:220
ObjCBoolLiteralExpr - Objective-C Boolean Literal.
Definition ExprObjC.h:119
ObjCBoxedExpr - used for generalized expression boxing.
Definition ExprObjC.h:159
ObjCDictionaryLiteral - AST node to represent objective-c dictionary literals; as in:"name" : NSUserN...
Definition ExprObjC.h:342
ObjCEncodeExpr, used for @encode in Objective-C.
Definition ExprObjC.h:441
QualType getEncodedType() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:460
SourceLocation getAtLoc() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:455
bool isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer() const
Definition ExprObjC.h:68
ObjCStringLiteral, used for Objective-C string literals i.e.
Definition ExprObjC.h:84
OffsetOfExpr - [C99 7.17] - This represents an expression of the form offsetof(record-type,...
Definition Expr.h:2530
Expr * getIndexExpr(unsigned Idx)
Definition Expr.h:2589
const OffsetOfNode & getComponent(unsigned Idx) const
Definition Expr.h:2577
unsigned getNumComponents() const
Definition Expr.h:2585
Helper class for OffsetOfExpr.
Definition Expr.h:2424
unsigned getArrayExprIndex() const
For an array element node, returns the index into the array of expressions.
Definition Expr.h:2482
@ Array
An index into an array.
Definition Expr.h:2429
Kind getKind() const
Determine what kind of offsetof node this is.
Definition Expr.h:2478
OpaqueValueExpr - An expression referring to an opaque object of a fixed type and value class.
Definition Expr.h:1181
Expr * getSourceExpr() const
The source expression of an opaque value expression is the expression which originally generated the ...
Definition Expr.h:1231
Expr * getSelectedExpr() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:4639
ParenExpr - This represents a parenthesized expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:2185
const Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2202
Represents a parameter to a function.
Definition Decl.h:1808
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition TypeBase.h:3383
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:3393
[C99 6.4.2.2] - A predefined identifier such as func.
Definition Expr.h:2008
StringLiteral * getFunctionName()
Definition Expr.h:2052
PseudoObjectExpr - An expression which accesses a pseudo-object l-value.
Definition Expr.h:6805
Expr * getResultExpr()
Return the result-bearing expression, or null if there is none.
Definition Expr.h:6853
ArrayRef< Expr * > semantics()
Definition Expr.h:6877
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition TypeBase.h:937
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8520
QualType withConst() const
Definition TypeBase.h:1170
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
Definition TypeBase.h:1004
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition TypeBase.h:8436
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition TypeBase.h:1097
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition TypeBase.h:8509
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition Decl.h:4343
Frontend produces RecoveryExprs on semantic errors that prevent creating other well-formed expression...
Definition Expr.h:7504
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition TypeBase.h:3628
C++2a [expr.prim.req]: A requires-expression provides a concise way to express requirements on templa...
bool isSatisfied() const
Whether or not the requires clause is satisfied.
ReturnStmt - This represents a return, optionally of an expression: return; return 4;.
Definition Stmt.h:3166
Expr * getRetValue()
Definition Stmt.h:3193
SourceLocation getLocation() const
Definition Expr.h:2158
std::string ComputeName(ASTContext &Context) const
Definition Expr.cpp:587
Scope - A scope is a transient data structure that is used while parsing the program.
Definition Scope.h:41
ShuffleVectorExpr - clang-specific builtin-in function __builtin_shufflevector.
Definition Expr.h:4646
llvm::APSInt getShuffleMaskIdx(unsigned N) const
Definition Expr.h:4698
unsigned getNumSubExprs() const
getNumSubExprs - Return the size of the SubExprs array.
Definition Expr.h:4679
Expr * getExpr(unsigned Index)
getExpr - Return the Expr at the specified index.
Definition Expr.h:4685
Represents an expression that computes the length of a parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4441
unsigned getPackLength() const
Retrieve the length of the parameter pack.
Definition ExprCXX.h:4515
Represents a function call to one of __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_COLUMN(), __builtin_FUNCTION(),...
Definition Expr.h:5020
APValue EvaluateInContext(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *DefaultExpr) const
Return the result of evaluating this SourceLocExpr in the specified (and possibly null) default argum...
Definition Expr.cpp:2282
Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
Definition DeclCXX.h:4141
StmtExpr - This is the GNU Statement Expression extension: ({int X=4; X;}).
Definition Expr.h:4598
CompoundStmt * getSubStmt()
Definition Expr.h:4615
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition Stmt.h:86
StmtClass getStmtClass() const
Definition Stmt.h:1499
StringLiteral - This represents a string literal expression, e.g.
Definition Expr.h:1802
unsigned getLength() const
Definition Expr.h:1912
static StringLiteral * Create(const ASTContext &Ctx, StringRef Str, StringLiteralKind Kind, bool Pascal, QualType Ty, ArrayRef< SourceLocation > Locs)
This is the "fully general" constructor that allows representation of strings formed from one or more...
Definition Expr.cpp:1188
uint32_t getCodeUnit(size_t i) const
Definition Expr.h:1885
unsigned getCharByteWidth() const
Definition Expr.h:1913
Represents a reference to a non-type template parameter that has been substituted with a template arg...
Definition ExprCXX.h:4664
const SwitchCase * getNextSwitchCase() const
Definition Stmt.h:1899
SwitchStmt - This represents a 'switch' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2515
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2578
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2590
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "switch" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1186
Stmt * getInit()
Definition Stmt.h:2595
SwitchCase * getSwitchCaseList()
Definition Stmt.h:2646
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this SwitchStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of...
Definition Stmt.h:2629
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition Decl.h:3735
bool isCompleteDefinition() const
Return true if this decl has its body fully specified.
Definition Decl.h:3836
bool isUnion() const
Definition Decl.h:3946
A template argument list.
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > asArray() const
Produce this as an array ref.
A type trait used in the implementation of various C++11 and Library TR1 trait templates.
Definition ExprCXX.h:2900
bool getBoolValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2951
const APValue & getAPValue() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2956
bool isStoredAsBoolean() const
Definition ExprCXX.h:2947
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition TypeBase.h:1871
bool isVoidType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9039
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:9176
bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Return true if this is a literal type (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
Definition Type.cpp:3108
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8780
CXXRecordDecl * getAsCXXRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either because the type is a RecordType or beca...
Definition Type.h:26
bool isNothrowT() const
Definition Type.cpp:3292
RecordDecl * getAsRecordDecl() const
Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
Definition Type.h:41
bool isVoidPointerType() const
Definition Type.cpp:749
bool isConstantSizeType() const
Return true if this is not a variable sized type, according to the rules of C99 6....
Definition Type.cpp:2517
bool isArrayType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8772
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8740
bool isConstantMatrixType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8840
bool isPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8673
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition TypeBase.h:9083
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition TypeBase.h:9333
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8697
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8804
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
Definition Type.cpp:789
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9161
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9008
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition TypeBase.h:2837
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8808
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition TypeBase.h:9099
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition TypeBase.h:9219
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8754
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8865
EnumDecl * castAsEnumDecl() const
Definition Type.h:59
bool isStdByteType() const
Definition Type.cpp:3311
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type.
Definition TypeBase.h:9319
bool isPointerOrReferenceType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8677
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8669
bool isVectorType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8812
bool isRealFloatingType() const
Floating point categories.
Definition Type.cpp:2405
const T * getAsCanonical() const
If this type is canonically the specified type, return its canonical type cast to that specified type...
Definition TypeBase.h:2976
bool isFloatingType() const
Definition Type.cpp:2389
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
Definition TypeBase.h:9266
bool isRecordType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:8800
bool isSizelessVectorType() const
Returns true for all scalable vector types.
Definition Type.cpp:2663
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition Decl.h:3580
UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - expression with either a type or (unevaluated) expression operand.
Definition Expr.h:2628
QualType getArgumentType() const
Definition Expr.h:2671
QualType getTypeOfArgument() const
Gets the argument type, or the type of the argument expression, whichever is appropriate.
Definition Expr.h:2697
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait getKind() const
Definition Expr.h:2660
UnaryOperator - This represents the unary-expression's (except sizeof and alignof),...
Definition Expr.h:2247
Expr * getSubExpr() const
Definition Expr.h:2288
Opcode getOpcode() const
Definition Expr.h:2283
bool canOverflow() const
Returns true if the unary operator can cause an overflow.
Definition Expr.h:2301
Represents C++ using-directive.
Definition DeclCXX.h:3101
Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is an lvalue) a function (in which case it ...
Definition Decl.h:712
QualType getType() const
Definition Decl.h:723
bool isWeak() const
Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr.
Definition Decl.cpp:5576
QualType getType() const
Definition Value.cpp:237
Represents a variable declaration or definition.
Definition Decl.h:924
bool isInitCapture() const
Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture.
Definition Decl.h:1591
APValue * evaluateValue() const
Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this declaration, and produce notes expl...
Definition Decl.cpp:2554
bool isStaticDataMember() const
Determines whether this is a static data member.
Definition Decl.h:1296
bool hasGlobalStorage() const
Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage.
Definition Decl.h:1239
bool hasConstantInitialization() const
Determine whether this variable has constant initialization.
Definition Decl.cpp:2627
bool isStaticLocal() const
Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local variable.
Definition Decl.h:1206
const Expr * getInit() const
Definition Decl.h:1381
bool isLocalVarDecl() const
Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters.
Definition Decl.h:1266
const Expr * getAnyInitializer() const
Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which declaration it is attached to.
Definition Decl.h:1371
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition TypeBase.h:4230
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4245
QualType getElementType() const
Definition TypeBase.h:4244
WhileStmt - This represents a 'while' stmt.
Definition Stmt.h:2703
Expr * getCond()
Definition Stmt.h:2755
DeclStmt * getConditionVariableDeclStmt()
If this WhileStmt has a condition variable, return the faux DeclStmt associated with the creation of ...
Definition Stmt.h:2791
VarDecl * getConditionVariable()
Retrieve the variable declared in this "while" statement, if any.
Definition Stmt.cpp:1247
Stmt * getBody()
Definition Stmt.h:2767
A memory block, either on the stack or in the heap.
Definition InterpBlock.h:44
void invokeDtor()
Invokes the Destructor.
Compilation context for expressions.
Definition Compiler.h:112
llvm::SmallVector< InitLink > InitStack
Definition Compiler.h:487
bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E)
bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E)
bool visitContinueStmt(const ContinueStmt *S)
bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E)
bool visitArrayElemInit(unsigned ElemIndex, const Expr *Init, OptPrimType InitT)
Pointer to the array(not the element!) must be on the stack when calling this.
UnsignedOrNone allocateLocal(DeclTy &&Decl, QualType Ty=QualType(), ScopeKind=ScopeKind::Block)
Allocates a space storing a local given its type.
bool VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *E)
bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E)
bool visitInitializerPop(const Expr *E)
Similar, but will also pop the pointer.
bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitBool(const Expr *E)
Visits an expression and converts it to a boolean.
bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E)
PrimType classifyPrim(QualType Ty) const
Classifies a known primitive type.
Definition Compiler.h:282
bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E)
bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const OpaqueValueExpr *, unsigned > OpaqueExprs
OpaqueValueExpr to location mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:463
bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitAttributedStmt(const AttributedStmt *S)
bool VisitPackIndexingExpr(const PackIndexingExpr *E)
bool visitAPValueInitializer(const APValue &Val, const Expr *E, QualType T)
bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E)
bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E)
std::optional< uint64_t > ArrayIndex
Current argument index. Needed to emit ArrayInitIndexExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:469
bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E)
const Function * getFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD)
Returns a function for the given FunctionDecl.
bool VisitFixedPointBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:213
bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
unsigned allocateLocalPrimitive(DeclTy &&Decl, PrimType Ty, bool IsConst, bool IsVolatile=false, ScopeKind SC=ScopeKind::Block)
Creates a local primitive value.
bool VisitComplexUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const SwitchCase *, LabelTy > CaseMap
Definition Compiler.h:118
bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E)
bool visitAPValue(const APValue &Val, PrimType ValType, const Expr *E)
Visit an APValue.
bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitLogicalBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool visitCompoundStmt(const CompoundStmt *S)
Context & Ctx
Current compilation context.
Definition Compiler.h:135
bool visitDeclRef(const ValueDecl *D, const Expr *E)
Visit the given decl as if we have a reference to it.
bool visitBreakStmt(const BreakStmt *S)
bool visitExpr(const Expr *E, bool DestroyToplevelScope) override
bool visitForStmt(const ForStmt *S)
bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E)
bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E)
bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E)
bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E)
bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E)
const FunctionDecl * CompilingFunction
Definition Compiler.h:498
bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E)
VarCreationState visitVarDecl(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool Toplevel=false)
Creates and initializes a variable from the given decl.
VariableScope< Emitter > * VarScope
Current scope.
Definition Compiler.h:466
bool visitDeclAndReturn(const VarDecl *VD, const Expr *Init, bool ConstantContext) override
Toplevel visitDeclAndReturn().
bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E)
const ValueDecl * InitializingDecl
Definition Compiler.h:485
bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool visit(const Expr *E) override
Evaluates an expression and places the result on the stack.
bool delegate(const Expr *E)
Just pass evaluation on to E.
bool discard(const Expr *E)
Evaluates an expression for side effects and discards the result.
bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E)
CaseMap CaseLabels
Switch case mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:494
Record * getRecord(QualType Ty)
Returns a record from a record or pointer type.
const RecordType * getRecordTy(QualType Ty)
Returns a record type from a record or pointer type.
bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E)
bool visitInitList(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Inits, const Expr *ArrayFiller, const Expr *E)
bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E)
bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E)
bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E)
bool visitDeclStmt(const DeclStmt *DS, bool EvaluateConditionDecl=false)
bool emitCleanup()
Emits scope cleanup instructions.
bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitInitializer(const Expr *E)
Compiles an initializer.
const Expr * SourceLocDefaultExpr
DefaultInit- or DefaultArgExpr, needed for SourceLocExpr.
Definition Compiler.h:472
bool VisitObjCArrayLiteral(const ObjCArrayLiteral *E)
UnsignedOrNone OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:117
bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerArithBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
Perform addition/subtraction of a pointer and an integer or subtraction of two pointers.
bool visitCallArgs(ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args, const FunctionDecl *FuncDecl, bool Activate, bool IsOperatorCall)
bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E)
bool visitDefaultStmt(const DefaultStmt *S)
bool VisitObjCDictionaryLiteral(const ObjCDictionaryLiteral *E)
typename Emitter::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.h:115
VarCreationState visitDecl(const VarDecl *VD)
bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E)
bool visitStmt(const Stmt *S)
bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E)
bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E)
bool VisitRecoveryExpr(const RecoveryExpr *E)
bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E)
bool Initializing
Flag inidicating if we're initializing an already created variable.
Definition Compiler.h:484
bool visitReturnStmt(const ReturnStmt *RS)
bool VisitCXXThrowExpr(const CXXThrowExpr *E)
bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
bool visitFunc(const FunctionDecl *F) override
bool visitCXXForRangeStmt(const CXXForRangeStmt *S)
bool visitCaseStmt(const CaseStmt *S)
bool VisitComplexBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
llvm::DenseMap< const ValueDecl *, Scope::Local > Locals
Variable to storage mapping.
Definition Compiler.h:460
bool VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *E)
bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E)
UnsignedOrNone allocateTemporary(const Expr *E)
bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinID)
bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E)
OptPrimType ReturnType
Type of the expression returned by the function.
Definition Compiler.h:491
bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E)
bool VisitFloatCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
OptPrimType classify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:276
llvm::SmallVector< LabelInfo > LabelInfoStack
Stack of label information for loops and switch statements.
Definition Compiler.h:496
bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
bool visitDoStmt(const DoStmt *S)
bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E)
bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E)
bool VisitVectorBinOp(const BinaryOperator *E)
bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E)
bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E)
bool VisitShuffleVectorExpr(const ShuffleVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitPointerCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *E)
bool DiscardResult
Flag indicating if return value is to be discarded.
Definition Compiler.h:475
bool VisitEmbedExpr(const EmbedExpr *E)
bool VisitConvertVectorExpr(const ConvertVectorExpr *E)
bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E)
bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E)
bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E)
bool visitSwitchStmt(const SwitchStmt *S)
bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E)
bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E)
bool visitAsLValue(const Expr *E)
bool visitWhileStmt(const WhileStmt *S)
bool visitIfStmt(const IfStmt *IS)
bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
bool canClassify(const Expr *E) const
Definition Compiler.h:278
bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E)
Program & P
Program to link to.
Definition Compiler.h:137
bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E)
bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E)
bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E)
bool VisitSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(const SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr *E)
bool visitCXXTryStmt(const CXXTryStmt *S)
static bool isUnevaluatedBuiltin(unsigned ID)
Unevaluated builtins don't get their arguments put on the stack automatically.
Definition Context.cpp:723
static bool shouldBeGloballyIndexed(const ValueDecl *VD)
Returns whether we should create a global variable for the given ValueDecl.
Definition Context.h:151
Scope used to handle temporaries in toplevel variable declarations.
Definition Compiler.cpp:40
DeclScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const ValueDecl *VD)
Definition Compiler.cpp:42
Wrapper around fixed point types.
Definition FixedPoint.h:23
static FixedPoint zero(llvm::FixedPointSemantics Sem)
Definition FixedPoint.h:36
If a Floating is constructed from Memory, it DOES NOT OWN THAT MEMORY.
Definition Floating.h:35
bool singleWord() const
Definition Floating.h:107
Bytecode function.
Definition Function.h:99
bool hasThisPointer() const
Definition Function.h:226
bool hasRVO() const
Checks if the first argument is a RVO pointer.
Definition Function.h:156
When generating code for e.g.
Definition Compiler.cpp:188
LocOverrideScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, SourceInfo NewValue, bool Enabled=true)
Definition Compiler.cpp:190
Generic scope for local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:563
bool destroyLocals(const Expr *E=nullptr) override
Explicit destruction of local variables.
Definition Compiler.h:576
LocalScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, ScopeKind Kind=ScopeKind::Block)
Definition Compiler.h:565
Sets the context for break/continue statements.
Definition Compiler.cpp:114
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:116
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:117
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:118
LoopScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, LabelTy BreakLabel, LabelTy ContinueLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:120
PrimType value_or(PrimType PT) const
Definition PrimType.h:88
Scope used to handle initialization methods.
Definition Compiler.cpp:60
OptionScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, bool NewDiscardResult, bool NewInitializing, bool NewToLValue)
Root constructor, compiling or discarding primitives.
Definition Compiler.cpp:63
Context to manage declaration lifetimes.
Definition Program.h:147
Structure/Class descriptor.
Definition Record.h:25
bool isUnion() const
Checks if the record is a union.
Definition Record.h:69
const Field * getField(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:95
const Base * getBase(unsigned I) const
Definition Record.h:107
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Returns true for anonymous unions and records with no destructor or for those with a trivial destruct...
Definition Record.cpp:45
Describes a scope block.
Definition Function.h:36
Describes the statement/declaration an opcode was generated from.
Definition Source.h:74
StmtExprScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx)
Definition Compiler.cpp:173
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelTy LabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:142
typename Compiler< Emitter >::OptLabelTy OptLabelTy
Definition Compiler.cpp:143
typename Compiler< Emitter >::LabelInfo LabelInfo
Definition Compiler.cpp:145
typename Compiler< Emitter >::CaseMap CaseMap
Definition Compiler.cpp:144
SwitchScope(Compiler< Emitter > *Ctx, const Stmt *Name, CaseMap &&CaseLabels, LabelTy BreakLabel, OptLabelTy DefaultLabel)
Definition Compiler.cpp:147
Scope chain managing the variable lifetimes.
Definition Compiler.h:505
Compiler< Emitter > * Ctx
Compiler instance.
Definition Compiler.h:556
virtual void addLocal(Scope::Local Local)
Definition Compiler.h:516
VariableScope * getParent() const
Definition Compiler.h:546
bool Sub(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:410
bool LT(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1449
static llvm::RoundingMode getRoundingMode(FPOptions FPO)
llvm::PointerUnion< const Decl *, const Expr * > DeclTy
Definition Descriptor.h:29
constexpr bool isSignedType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:59
bool Div(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
1) Pops the RHS from the stack.
Definition Interp.h:750
static bool Activate(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2159
constexpr bool isPtrType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:55
constexpr size_t align(size_t Size)
Aligns a size to the pointer alignment.
Definition PrimType.h:201
bool InitScope(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, uint32_t I)
Definition Interp.h:2666
constexpr bool isIntegerOrBoolType(PrimType T)
Definition PrimType.h:52
llvm::APFloat APFloat
Definition Floating.h:27
static void discard(InterpStack &Stk, PrimType T)
llvm::APInt APInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:19
bool LE(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:1456
PrimType
Enumeration of the primitive types of the VM.
Definition PrimType.h:34
static std::optional< bool > getBoolValue(const Expr *E)
Definition Compiler.cpp:29
bool Init(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:2276
bool Mul(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:464
size_t primSize(PrimType Type)
Returns the size of a primitive type in bytes.
Definition PrimType.cpp:24
bool Inc(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC, bool CanOverflow)
1) Pops a pointer from the stack 2) Load the value from the pointer 3) Writes the value increased by ...
Definition Interp.h:944
bool Add(InterpState &S, CodePtr OpPC)
Definition Interp.h:381
llvm::BitVector collectNonNullArgs(const FunctionDecl *F, ArrayRef< const Expr * > Args)
llvm::APSInt APSInt
Definition FixedPoint.h:20
The JSON file list parser is used to communicate input to InstallAPI.
bool isa(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:330
bool hasSpecificAttr(const Container &container)
@ Success
Annotation was successful.
Definition Parser.h:65
Expr * Cond
};
UnaryExprOrTypeTrait
Names for the "expression or type" traits.
Definition TypeTraits.h:51
@ SD_Static
Static storage duration.
Definition Specifiers.h:344
@ SD_FullExpression
Full-expression storage duration (for temporaries).
Definition Specifiers.h:341
@ Result
The result type of a method or function.
Definition TypeBase.h:905
OptionalUnsigned< unsigned > UnsignedOrNone
U cast(CodeGen::Address addr)
Definition Address.h:327
int const char * function
Definition c++config.h:31
#define true
Definition stdbool.h:25
A quantity in bits.
Describes a memory block created by an allocation site.
Definition Descriptor.h:123
unsigned getNumElems() const
Returns the number of elements stored in the block.
Definition Descriptor.h:260
bool isPrimitive() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a primitive.
Definition Descriptor.h:274
QualType getElemQualType() const
bool hasTrivialDtor() const
Whether variables of this descriptor need their destructor called or not.
bool isCompositeArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of composites.
Definition Descriptor.h:267
QualType getType() const
const Descriptor *const ElemDesc
Descriptor of the array element.
Definition Descriptor.h:156
static constexpr MetadataSize InlineDescMD
Definition Descriptor.h:145
bool isPrimitiveArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array of primitives.
Definition Descriptor.h:265
PrimType getPrimType() const
Definition Descriptor.h:242
bool isRecord() const
Checks if the descriptor is of a record.
Definition Descriptor.h:279
const Record *const ElemRecord
Pointer to the record, if block contains records.
Definition Descriptor.h:154
bool isArray() const
Checks if the descriptor is of an array.
Definition Descriptor.h:277
Descriptor used for global variables.
Definition Descriptor.h:50
Information about a local's storage.
Definition Function.h:39
State encapsulating if a the variable creation has been successful, unsuccessful, or no variable has ...
Definition Compiler.h:97
static VarCreationState NotCreated()
Definition Compiler.h:101